pranayama
This text was machine-transcribed from the printed book and may contain errors. Select the words and choose “Report a mistake”.
प्राणायाम Tuning with the Cosmos
Pranayama is a term that refers to the breathing process. The air you breathe is just a vehicle in which the prana (life-energy) comes in and goes out of your body. When you inhale, the air comes in carrying prana, and when you exhale, the 'empty' air goes out. This life energy is universal.
Yoga Kundali-Upanishad I.19 states:
प्राणरोधमथेदानीं प्रवक्ष्यामि समासतः ।
प्राणश्च देहगो वायुरायामः कुम्भकः स्मृतः ॥ १९ ॥
prāṇarodhamathedānīṃ pravakṣyāmi samāsataḥ |
prāṇaśca dehago vāyurāyāmaḥ kumbhakaḥ smṛtaḥ ।19 ।
Then I shall presently relate briefly about the control of the vital air. Prana is air coursing through the body and Ayama is said to be Kumbhaka (holding under control).
In this section you will understand the full scope of Pranayama as meant by Sadashiva, which is much more than just breath control. Pranayama is where Yoga reveals itself as much more than a mere physical practice. No other discipline has understood and presented the means to regulate and expand one's own life energy like Yoga. The practice of pranayama leads to the purification of the energy body and its channels, called Nadis (Yogatattvopanishad 44-46), and to the ultimate experience of manifesting the powers of Sadashiva (e.g. Kumbhaka Paddhati 88-89). Thus Pranayama must be explored in great detail.
"Prana, breathing is not for smelling. One of the job of the Prana, is smelling. Prana, life energy, is not just smelling, it is experiencing." Paramahamsa Nithyananda
Through proper Asanas, physical well-being is achieved, muscles are toned, the nervous system is strengthened, and vital organs are regulated and brought into a state of health (Hathatatvakaumudi Chapter 11.5). Thus the body becomes ready for pranayama (Darshanopanishad , III.13). It is with pranayama that the real technique of yoga begins.
Tejo Bindu Upanishad I.31 states:

चित्त्तादिसर्वभावेषु ब्रह्मत्वेनैव भावनात् ।
निरोधः सर्ववृत्तीनां प्राणायामः स उच्यते ॥३१॥
cittādisarvabhāveṣu brahmatvenaiva bhāvanāt ।
nirodhaḥ sarvavṛttīnāṃ prāṇāyāmaḥ sa ucyate ॥31॥
"When in the mind and in all perceptions, the cognition of Oneness with the Brahman persists and all movements are stilled, this is called Prāṇāyāma, 'the balancing of the life-energy breath."
Shiva Samhita (3.61) states: "The Lord of Yoga, through breath control, gains the eight superhuman powers. He crosses the ocean of sin and virtue and freely wanders in the three worlds."
Shankaracharya comments on Shvetashvatara Upanishad (2.7):
"The soul purifies by pranayama realizes the Supreme Spirit, the Para Brahman, hence, according to the supreme scripture of Principal Revelation, the Shruti, there is nothing higher than the pranayama."
Paramahamsa Nithyananda explains: "When breath with thoughts ceases, pranayama happens; expansion of our life energy happens. The science of pranayama teaches you the breath that does not awaken thoughts. We should learn the art of breathing without awakening thoughts. Breath is the link between mind and body. Whatever happens in the mind is reflected through the breath."
He explains that Pranayama is very different from what we understand as breathing. Yogic breathing is not just using the respiratory organs, but experiencing and expanding the life energy in and around you. Imagine, you are at a beautiful beach or majestic natural view by yourself. When you are there, you will literally breathe in peace.
Prana is breathing in the life energy of the space and even the people around you. This is why, whenever you are among people with whom you have complete completion, you will breathe bliss and joy. Completion happens when all the inadequate and powerless cognitions you carry about

yourself and life melt away. The completion process includes looking at your past to dis-identify and unclutch from painful, unattended, leftover cognitions from the past. By completion, your deepest understanding of yourself and life will be transformed.
Thus, you must be constantly aware of who and what you are breathing. The prana you enjoy, the life energy you enjoy, is most important.
“Understand the importance of breathing.
You are breathing LIFE! It is too important.
Whatever you breathe out, becomes your character.
Breathe out love and completion!
The joy and completion you radiate;
the ecstasy and excitement you radiate – that is all is success!”
August 16th “Prana Is Life Energy” Satsang on Kenopanishad Satsang Verse 9
Paramahamsa Nithyananda
Sadashiva describes pranayama as being composed of three processes: Recaka, Puraka, and Kumbhaka. Puraka means the inhalation of prana from outside the body; kumbhaka refers to holding the breath like a filled-up pot without moving the limbs, and recaka refers to the exhalation of air from the body.
There are several stages of Pranayama and Kumbhaka, or ways of holding the breath, and can be applied to either long or short breaths. These are usually done along with Asana, Pranayama, Mudras and Bandhas, and further practices:
1. Puraka: the inhalation of air
2. Abhyantara Kumbhaka: Abhyantara means ‘internal’ breath retention after inhalation. Also known as Antar Kumbhaka, which means holding the breath in navel, chest, and throat before exhaling.
3. Rechaka: the exhalation of air
4. Bahya Kumbhaka: In Sanskrit, Bahya means ‘outside’ and Kumbhaka means breath retention. The retention of breath after exhalation, while keeping the lungs empty.
5. Kevala Kumbhaka: otherwise known as “Absolute

Kumbhaka", it means stopping the breath without effort at any point during in or out breathing.
Yoga Darshana II. 49 "The voluntary interruption of the movement of breathing in and out is pranayama."
There are important points to keep in mind when practicing pranayama.
Pranayama should be practiced indoors in a clean, undisturbed place away from drafts. Pranayama should not be practiced after a meal or when hungry. Warm milk can be taken before or after practice. Ideal practice times include dawn, mid-day, sunset, and midnight. During practice of pranayama the head may grow heavy but this feeling will clear with continued practice. After pranayama practice one can lie down in Shivasana - "experiencing oneself as pure Consciousness". This pose brings the experience of oneself as pure consciousness. Afterwards, one can take a bath in warm water.
Trishikhi Brahmana Upanishad (verses 92-94) state:
Assuming the posture at first O Brahmana! Keeping his body erect, [his mind] alert, with his eyes fixed on the tip of the nose, the [upper] teeth not touching the [lower] teeth, the tongue adhering to the palate, the mind at ease, showing no nervousness, the head slightly inclined, the hands bound in the yoga gesture [of chin-mudra, the yogi] should practice pranayama according to the prescribed rules.
There should be no discomfort in holding the breath. The length of holding the breath should be increased gradually to prevent any harm.
The sacred syllable "Aum" can be used to regulate the timing of breathing in, holding the breath, and breathing out. The time spent holding the breath can be gradually extended through practice and meditation can be done while the breath is held. The length of

breath retention is split into various stages.
First degree: holding the breath lasts about sixteen and a half seconds. Second degree: holding the breath lasts about thirty three seconds. Third degree: holding the breath lasts about fifty seconds.
Once holding the breath lasts for more than five minutes another inhalation may have to be performed before breathing out because of the amount of air assimilated.
The fourth degree of pranayama is a transcendent state beyond the perception of the five senses and the mind, which is experienced by kundalini awakening. As the ability to hold the breath for longer and longer periods increases, the vast Kundalini energy begins to rise up a subtle energy channel in the body called the Sushumna channel. Kundalini rises during breath retention and falls back down the channel when breathing is resumed, but remains in the brain for longer periods with sustained practice. At first the energy may climb very slowly like an ant, but with consistent practice will rise faster as the pathway is cleared. There is complete cessation of bodily movement and nothing remains that is measurable by number, time or space.
"You will awaken the non-mechanical parts or subtle areas of the brain. A source of infinite creativity, which usually remains dormant in most human beings, will be accessible to you." Paramahamsa Nithyananda
Consistent and proper practice of pranayama increases our life energy, giving us greater mental abilities, slowing the aging process, ridding the body of diseases, fatigue and thirst, and helping us manifest Divine powers such as levitation, teleportation, and materialization.

In this section, we will explore pranayama in further detail, focusing on the traditional yogic methods of expanding life energy through the breath and their benefits.
THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF BREATH CONTROL There are 9 main types of breath control, each having different effects
1. Anuloma-Viloma (The With and Against)
2. Surya Bedhana (The Piercing-of-the-Sun)
3. Ujjayi (The Victorious)
4. Shitakari (The Cold Maker)
5. Shitali (The Cooling)
6. Bhastrika (The Bellows)
7. Murch'ha (The Rising)
8. Bhramari (The Bramachari)
9. Plavini (The Floating)
Let us now enter into Pranayama!

After Asana follows
Pranayama
Śāstra Pramāṇa- शास्त्र प्रमाण
Darshanopanishad , III.13
आसनं विजितं येन जितं तेन जगत्त्रयम् ॥ १३ ॥
अनेन विधिना युक्तः प्राणायामं सदा कुरु ॥
āsanaṁ vijitaṁ yena jitaṁ tena jagattrayaṁ || 13 ||
anena vidhinā yuktaḥ prāṇāyāmaṁ sadā kuru ||
Translation By whom posture is mastered, by him the three worlds are conquered. After following this rule, always practise Pranayama.
Preparation for regular Pranayama
Āpta Pramāṇa- आप्त प्रमाण
Haṭhapradīpikā of Svātmārāma IV.1
अथ प्राणायामः
अथासने दृढे योगी वशी हितमिताशनः ॥
गुरूपदिष्टमार्गेण प्राणायामं सदाभ्यसेत् ॥१॥
atha prāṇāyāmaḥ
athāsane dṛḍhe yogī vaśī hitamitāśanaḥ ||
gurūpadiṣṭamārgeṇa prāṇāyāmaṁ sadābhyset ||1||
Translation Having established in the practice of āsanas, a yogi, who is self-restrained and consumes wholesome and moderate food, should undertake the regular practice of prāṇāyāma, as instructed by the Guru.1
Preparation to Merucalan
Āpta Pramāṇa- आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.35.7
नत्वा गुरुं प्रागुपविश्य चासने कृत्वाऽसकृन्मेरुविचालनादिकम् ॥
विश्रम्य सुस्वस्थमना विरिच्य प्राणं पुराथो विधिवत् प्रपूरयेत् ॥ ७ ॥
natvā Gurum prāgupaviśya cāsane kṛtvā'sakṛnmeruvicālanādikam ||
viśramya susvasthamanā viricya prāṇaṁ purātho vidhivat prapūrayet || 7 ||
Translation After paying obeisance to the Guru, one should sit on a seat and undertake repeatedly the practice of merucalana etc. After taking rest and with a poised mind he should exhale followed by inhalation in the prescribed manner.
On Merucalana
Āpta Pramāṇa- आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.35.8
क्रमेण दीर्घं प्रविधाय सावधो विरेचयेद्वायुमथोऽतिमन्दम् ॥
यथा तनौ व्याकुलता न चित्ते भवेन् मनीषी विजनेऽस्तचिन्तः ॥ ८ ॥
krameṇa dīrghaṁ pravidhāya sāvadho virecayedvāyumatho'timandam ||
yathā tanau vyākulatā na citte bhaven manīṣī vijane'stacintaḥ || 8 ||
Translation After holding for long he should exhale the vayu extremely slowly in such a manner that he does not experience discomfort in the body or in the mind. A wise remains in a desolate place removing all worries.
Merucalana
Āpta Pramāṇa-आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.9.1-4
स्थित्वा सिद्धे स्वस्तिके वा सक्थियुग्मे करद्वयम् ॥
संस्थाप्य पृष्ठदण्डं स्वं विधाय प्रोन्नतं समम् ॥ १ ॥
तिर्यङ् मन्यामधः कृत्वा प्रमृज्य स्कन्धयुग्मकम्
नेत्रे निमील्य वदनमामुद्य प्राक् सुसाधकः ॥ २ ॥
ग्रीवां किञ्चित् कण्ठसक्तां जालबन्धवदानताम् ।
कृत्वाऽसकृद्दक्षभागे चालयेत्तां भृशं दृढम् ॥ ३ ॥
पञ्चाशद्वारकं दक्षे वामभागेऽनु चालयेत् ।
आनाभ्युरःपृष्ठकटितुन्दचालो यथा भवेत् ॥
तथाभिचालयेद् ग्रीवां मेरुचालोऽयमीरितः ॥ ४ ॥
sthitvā siddhe svastike vā sakthiyugme karadvayam ||
saṁsthāpya pṛṣṭhadaṇḍaṁ svaṁ vidhāya pronnataṁ samam || 1 ||
tiryaṅ manyāmadhaḥ kṛtvā pramṛjya skandhayugmakam
netre nimīlya vadanamāmudya prāk susādhakaḥ || 2 ||
grīvāṁ kiñcit kaṇṭhasaktāṁ jālabandhavadānatām |
kṛtvā'sakṛddakṣabhāge cālayettāṁ bhṛśaṁ dṛḍham || 3 ||
pañcāśadvārakaṁ dakṣe vāmabhāge'nu cālayet |
ānābhyuraḥpṛṣṭhakaṭitundacālo yathā bhavet ||
tathābhicālayed grīvāṁ merucālo'yamīritaḥ || 4 ||
Translation
Assume siddha or svastika posture. Place the pair of hands on the thighs. Keep the backbone upright and well aligned.
Bend the neck downwards by adjusting the shoulders. Sadhaka keeps the eyes closed and face composed.
Bend the neck against the throat like one does in jalandhara-bandha.
Then move (the neck) firmly for 50 times on the right and then 50 times on the left in such a manner that upto navel including back, waist and abdomen would shake well. Similarly, rotate the neck. This is called meruchalana.
Merucalana Benefits
Āpta Pramāṇa- आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.9.5-6
कटिपृष्ठसमीरघ्नः कण्ठस्थकफनाशनः ।
कोष्ठवक्षोगतं मरुत् कफरोगहरः परम् ॥ ५ ॥
सुषुम्णा ऋजुतां धत्ते कुण्डलीक्षोभदस्तथाः ।
नाडीसङ्घश्लथकरं आश्रमान्तं भजेदमुम् ॥ ६ ॥
kaṭipṛṣṭhasamīraghnaḥ kaṇṭhasthaakaphanāśanaḥ | koṣṭhavakṣogataṃ marut kapharogaharaḥ param || 5 || suṣuṇā ṛjutāṃ dhatte kuṇḍalīkṣobhadastathā | nāḍīsaṅghaślathakaraṃ āśramāntaṃ bhajedamum || 6 ||
Translation
This removes the air (vata disorders) from the waist and back and phlegmatic disorders from the intestines and the chest. It entirely cures the phlegmatic disorders.Sushumna becomes straight, kundalini is stimulated and the entire network of the nadis is stirred. One should practice this till one gets tired.
Cakribandha
Āpta Pramāṇa- आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.9.8
सौमुन्नतस्फिक् ननु चक्रवत् क्षिपेद् विधाय पाणिद्वयमूर्ध्वमुच्चैः ॥
श्रमावधीमं मुहुरभ्यसेद् दिने चक्राख्यबन्धं सकलामयघ्नम् ॥ ८ ॥
saumunnatasphik nanu cakravat kṣiped vidhāya pāṇidvayamūrdhvamuccaiḥ || śramāvadhīmaṃ muhūrabhyased dine cakryākhyabandhaṃ sakalāmayaghnam || 8 ||
Translation
Raise the buttocks and rotate them like a wheel speedily with the help of hands. Practice this until fatigue sets in. This is cakribandha which removes all the disorders.
Cakribandha Benefits
Āpta Pramāṇa- आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.9.9
चक्रीबन्धः कुण्डलीक्षोभकारी ताने नाभी संविधत्ते तथैव ॥
अग्नेर्दीप्तिं नाडीसङ्घश्लथत्वम् कुर्यादामाजीर्णशूलादिनांशम् ॥ ९ ॥
cakrībandhaḥ kuṇḍalīkṣobhakārī tānaṃ nābhau saṃvidhatte tathaiva || agnerdīptiṃ nāḍīsaṅghaślathatvam kuryādāmājīrṇaśūlādināśaṃ || 9 ||
Translation
Cakribandha agitates the kundalini, pulls the navel, enhances gastric fire; network of the nadis is made supple and it alleviates toxicity, indigestion and severe pain.
Carana
Āpta Pramāṇa- आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.9.13
अनुलोमविधानाभ्यां चारणाङ्गभ्रमो भवेत् ।
दशधा चारणा मुख्या जघन्यान्या स्मृता बुधैः ॥ १३ ॥
anulomavidhānābhyāṁ cāraṇāṅgabhramo bhavet | daśadhā cāraṇā mukhyā jaghanyānyā smṛtā budhaiḥ || 13 ||
Translation
Carana is movement of the limbs which is practiced on both sides. Chiefly there are ten caranas. According to the adepts, others are jaghanya (of less importance).
Ten Types of Caranas
Āpta Pramāṇa- आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.9.14
शिरोजठरदोर्दण्डचरणद्वितयं तथा ।
ऊरुजानुयुगं चैषां चारणा दशधा मता ॥ १४ ॥
śirojaṭharadordaṇḍacaraṇadvitayaṁ tathā | ūrūjānuyugaṁ caiṣāṁ cāraṇā daśadhā matā || 14 ||
Translation
Ten types of caranas involve head, stomach, hands, pair of legs, pair of thighs and knees.
Jaghanya Carana
Āpta Pramāṇa- आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.9.15,17
मणिबन्धौ पदेऽङ्गुल्यः न्धयोऽन्ये च देहगाः ।
जघन्या चारणा तेषां मुख्यमुख्यतया ततः ॥ १५ ॥
शतार्धं च तदर्थं च जघन्यादिषु चारणा ।
चारणामाचरेदेवं प्रतिमासत्रयावधि ॥ १७ ॥
maṇibandhau pade'ṅgulyaḥ sandhayo'nye ca dehagāḥ | jaghanyā cāraṇā teṣāṁ mukhyamukhyatayā tataḥ || 15 || śatārdhaṁ ca tadardhaṁ ca jaghanyādiṣu cāraṇā | cāraṇāmācaredevaṁ pratimāsatrayāvadhi || 17 ||
Translation
Wrist joints, feet, toes, and other joints in the body are prominent ones in jaghanya carana.The jaghanya caranas should be practiced fifty or twenty-five times (a day) for three months.
Carana on Siva's
Dancing Form
Āpta Pramāṇa - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.9.16
नृत्यरुपं शिवं ध्यात्वा चारणामाचरेद् बुधः ।
हृदं संस्पृष्टत्यस्पर्शसहितं हि विधाय च ॥ १६ ॥
nṛtyarūpaṁ śivaṁ dhyātvā cāraṇāmācared budhaḥ |
hṛdaṁ saṁspṛṣṭatyasparśasahitaṁ hi vidhāya ca || 16 |
Translation A wise undertakes the practice of carana meditating on Siva's dancing form. One rotates the head while touching the chest. One touches the heart (chest) in a manner as if not touched.

pranayama
How to sit before Pranayama
Āpta Pramāṇa - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.35.12
अधःशक्तिं दृढं धृत्वा तिष्ठेत् पद्मासनोपरि ।
गुरूपदिष्टमार्गेण प्राणायामं पुराभ्यसेत् ॥ १२ ॥
adhaḥśaktiṁ dṛḍhaṁ dhṛtvā tiṣṭhet padmāsanopari |
gurūpadiṣṭamārgeṇa prāṇāyāmaṁ purābhyaset || 12 ||
Translation Adopting Padmasana, one should firmly hold the sakti at the bottom (practising mulabandha) and undertake the practice of Pranayama in the beginning following the instruction of the Guru.
Preparation to Pranayama
Āpta Pramāṇa - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.36.1
अथासने दृढीभूते वशी हितमिताशनः ।
गुरूपदिष्टमार्गेण प्राणायामान् समभ्यसेत् ॥ इति ॥ १ ॥
athāsane dṛḍhībhūte vaśī hitamitāśanaḥ |
gurūpadiṣṭamārgeṇa prāṇāyāmān samabhyaset || iti || 1 ||
Translation One who has mastered the asanas, has restrained (the senses), takes nutritious and moderate food should practice Pranayama being guided by the Guru.
Satvik attitude before Pranayama
Āpta Pramāṇa - आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.36.5
चक्रं नाडीसमूहम् ।
प्राणसंग्रहणे प्राणोर्ध्वं चरणे ब्रह्मरन्ध्रप्राप्तये समर्थः ।
अतो योगारम्भे प्रथमतः प्राणायामं सात्विकया रजस्तमोवर्जितया
बुद्ध्या तथा कुर्यात् यथा सुषुम्नानाडीस्थो मलदोषस्खलतीति ॥ ५ ॥
cakraṁ nāḍīsamūham |
prāṇasaṁgrahaṇe prāṇordhvaṁ caraṇe brahmarandhraprāptaye samarthaḥ |
ato yogārambhe prathamataḥ prāṇāyāmaṁ sātvikayā rajastamovarjitayā
buddhyā tathā kuryāt yathā suṣumnānāḍīstho maladoṣaskhalatīti || 5 ||
Translation Cakra means the network of the nadis. Pranasangrahana means raising the prana upwards in the brahmarandhra. Therefore, in the very beginning, Pranayama has to be practiced with a satvika attitude, relieving rajas and tamas in such a fashion that the impurities from the susumna nadi are eliminated.

pranayama
chapter 5

pranayama
The practice of breathing without
thoughts being awakened is called the
science of pranayama. When there are
more thoughts, the breath will carry
lesser life energy inside, and vice-
versa. Unfortunately, most of the time
one takes in too much air without
much prana flow inside.
The word 'prana' in Sanskrit means the source of life, the life force or the energy which is the basis for existence.
'Prana' is a kind of vibration which
goes inside along with the breath.
This vibration stays inside and
continues to add more vibrations or
frequency to the life energy. Even
when one feels that the breathing has
become very shallow or has almost
stopped during deep meditation,
prana continues to go in and come
out. Prana, the life force, is
independent of breathing.
If one feels that they have everything in the outer world and yet, there is no fulfillment, it simply means that one's breathing is not fulfilled, the breath is not filled with prana! Dissatisfaction, tiredness and boredom with life prevails. It follows that when one is able to fulfill one's breathing, one will be fulfilled in spite of complexities in the outer world.
Rejuvenating life force in every breath
reduces the number of thoughts.
As thoughts reduce, the stress melts
away!
During meditation, air going in and
coming out may reduce but the prana
going in and settling increases and
this is the main reason why
meditation rejuvenates a person. As
the number of thoughts are reduced,
stress and worry melt away. The
person can experience moving deeper
into the innermost silence, a silence
which is vibrant and alive.
Effect of Pranayama, Dharana, Pratyahara, Dhyana
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण
Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama -
Yoga Pada 16
प्राणायामैर्दहेद्दोषान् धारणाभिस्तु किल्विषअम् ।
प्रत्याहारेण संसर्गान् ध्यानेनान् श्वरान् गुणान् ॥ १६॥
pra'n.a'ya'mair dahed dos"a'n dharan.a'bhistu kilbis"am || 16pratya'ha'ren.a samsarga'n dhya'nena'nas'vara'n gun.a'n |
Translation By the practice of pranayama, the sadhaka incinerates all the efilements. By dharana, he annihilates all of his sinful effects. By pratyahara, he maintains himself completely free from the negative thoughts and vices. And by dhya'na, he becomes capable of nullifying the effects of even those qualities which do not decay.
What is Considered Dharana, Yoga and Yogasiddhi
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण
Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama -
Yoga Pada 24
प्राणायामोओत्तमो यत्तद्द्विगुणा धारणा मता ।
धारणाद्विगुणो योगो योगोऽपि द्विगुणीकृतः ॥
योगसिद्धिरिति ज्ञेया शिवेन परमात्मना ॥ २४॥
pra'n.a'ya'mottamo yattad dvigun.a' dharan.a' mata' dha'ran.a'd dvigun.o yogo yogopi dvigun.i'kr'tah Yogasiddhiriti jn"eya' s'ivena parama'tmana'
Translation Twice the supreme kind of pranayama is considered as dharana. Twice the duration of dharana is considered as Yoga. Twice the duration of Yoga is significantly known as Yogasiddhi exclusively related to Lord Siva, the Supreme Self.
What is Pranayama?
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Kirana Agama - Yoga Pada (16-17)
पूरकः कुम्भकश्चैव रेचकश्च तृतियकः ।
पूरणात् - पूरको वास्पि यः कुम्भस्तन्निरोधकः ॥ १६॥
रेचनात् - रेचकः प्रोक्तः प्राणायामत्रयं कुरु । १७
pūrakaḥ Kumbhakaṣcaiva recakaśca tṛtiyakaḥ | pūraṇāt - pūrako vāspi yaḥ kumbhastannirodhakaḥ || 16 || recanāt - recakaḥ proktaḥ prāṇāyāmatrayaṁ kuru |
Translation Prāṇāyāma consists of three phases of breath-processes
- pūraka, Kumbhaka, and recaka.Pūraka is done by inhaling the breath inside (through the left nostril); Kumbhaka is the retention of breath for a fixed time; and recaka is done by exhaling the breath (through the right nostril). One should do prāṇāyāma three times before the commencement of the Yogic process.
बधपद्मासनो योगी प्राणं चन्द्रेण पूरयेत् ॥
धारयित्वा यथाशक्ति पुनः सूर्येण रेचयेत् ॥११ ॥
badhapadmāsano yogī prāṇaṁ candreṇa pūrayet ||
dhārayitvā yathāśakti punaḥ sūryeṇa recayet ||11 ||
Translation
Adopting padmāsana, a yogī inhales through the left nostril, retains breath to the capacity and exhales through the right nostril. 11
Pranayama Defined
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Tri-shikhi-brahmanopanishad 94
चतुर्भिः क्लेशनं वायोः प्राणायाम उदीर्यते ।
सहितप्राणायाम लक्षणमाह- रेचनमिति ॥ ९४ ॥
प्राणायामारम्भसमये शरीरगतदुष्टवायुरेचनं ततः पूरणं
ततः कुम्भकेन वायोः शोधनं पुनः निःशेषतो रेचनम्, एवं
चतुर्भिः पर्यायैः वायोः क्लेशनम् उपक्रमप्राणायामः उदीर्यते ।
एवं प्राणायामत्रये कृते सति अथ यथोक्तप्राणायामयोग्यं शरीरं
भवतीत्यर्थः ॥
caturbhiḥ kleśanaṁ vāyoḥ prāṇāyāma udīryate |
sahitaprāṇāyāmalakṣaṇamāha- recanamiti || 94 ||
prāṇāyāmārambhasamaye śarīragataduṣṭavāyurecanaṁ tataḥ pūraṇaṁ
tataḥ kumbhakena vāyoḥ śodhanaṁ punaḥ niḥśeṣato recanam, evaṁ
caturbhiḥ paryāyaiḥ vāyoḥ kleśanam upakramaprāṇāyāmaḥ udīryate |
evaṁ prāṇāyāmatraye kṛte sati atha yathoktaprāṇāyāmayogyaṁ śarīraṁ
bhavatītyarthaḥ ||
Translation
Expiration (of foul air from the body), then Inspiration (of pure air), then purifying the air (with the Kumbhaka), similarly expiration (once again completely); the exhaustion of air, by (repeating) the (above) four (processes), is said to be Pranayama.
Three Parts of Pranayama
Śāstra Pramāṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Darshanopanishad VI.1
प्राणायामक्रमं वक्ष्ये सांकृते शृणु सादरम् ।
प्राणायाम इति प्रोक्तो रेचपूरककुम्भकैः ॥ १ ॥
prāṇāyāmakramaṁ vakṣye sāṁkṛte śṛṇu sādaram |
prāṇāyāma iti prokto recapūrakakumbhakaiḥ || 1 ||
Translation I shall presently describe the method of Pranayama, O Samkrti, listen to it reverently. Pranayama is said to be (made up) of Recaka, Puraka and Kumbhaka.
Initiation and Devotion
to Sadashiva
Āpta Pramāṇa - आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 174
योग-दीक्षां विना कुर्वन् वात-ग्रन्थिं लभते ध्रुवम् ।
सर्वज्ञेन शिवेनोक्तं पूजां सन्त्यज्य मामकीम् ॥
युज्यतः सततं देवि योगो नाशाय जायते ॥ १७४ ॥
Yoga-dīkṣāṁ vinā kurvan vāta-granthiṁ labhate dhruvam |
sarvajñena śivenoktaṁ pūjāṁ santyajya māmakīm ||
yujyataḥ satataṁ devi yogo nāśāya jāyate || 174 ||
Translation O, Devi! Without proper initiation into the practices, one is surely prone to get morbid vitiation of the vital air. According to Śiva, without the devotion to Śiva, if one undertakes the practice, it leads to harmful effects.
Importance of Pranayama
Āpta Pramāṇa - आप्त प्रमाण
Hatharatnavali
(Chapter 3, Verse 82)
ब्रह्मादयो पि त्रिदशाः पवनाभ्यासतत्पराः ॥
अभूवन्मृत्युरहितास्तस्मात्पवनमभ्यसेत् ॥ ८२ ॥
brahmādayo pi tridaśāḥ pavanābhyāsatatparāḥ |
abhūvanmṛtyurahitāstasmātpavanamabhyaset || 82 ||
Translation Even the gods like Brahma etc. became free from death through consistent prāṇāyāma. Therefore, one should do prāṇāyāma. 82.
Description of Breath
Śāstra Pramāṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Darshanopanishad VI.12-13
पूरकादिलक्षणम् बाह्यादापूरणं वायोरुदरे पूरको हि सः ॥ १२ ॥
संपूर्णकुम्भवद्वायोर्धारणं कुम्भको भवेत् ।
बहिर्विरेचनं वायोरुदराद्रेचकः स्मृतः ॥ १३ ॥
pūrakādilakṣaṇaṁ bāhyādāpūraṇaṁ vāyorudare pūrako hi saḥ || 12 ||
saṁpūrṇakumbhavadvāyordhāraṇaṁ kumbhako bhavet |
bahirvirecanaṁ vāyorudarādrecakaḥ smṛtaḥ || 13 ||
Translation That is known as Puraka, wherein there is the filling up, in the belly, of the air from outside (the body), the holding of the air, as in a filled-up pot, is Kumbhaka, the expulsion freely of the air is known as Recaka.
Two types of Pranayama
Āpta Pramāṇa-आप्त प्रमाण
Two types of Pranayama
Nathamuni Yoga Rahasya 1.96-97
अमन्त्रकस्समन्त्रश्च प्राणायामो द्विधा मतः ।
मन्त्रप्रयोगस्सर्वत्रमधिक्रियामवलंबते ॥
सगर्भो मन्त्रसहितः विगर्भो मन्त्रविद्युतः ।
प्रशस्तो मन्त्र सहित इतरस्त्वधमस्मृतः ॥
amantrakassamantraśca prāṇāyāmo dvidhā mataḥ | mantraprayogassarvatramadhikriyāmavalambate || 96 sagarbho mantrasahitaḥ vigarbho mantravicyutaḥ | praśasto mantra sahita itarastvadhamassmṛtaḥ || 97
Translation Pranayama is known to be of two types-Amantraka (without mantra) and Samantraka (with mantra). The use of mantra always depends on the practitioner's adhikara (need and capacity). Pranayama done with mantra is called Sagarbha Pranayama and that done without mantra is called Vigarbha Pranayama. Texts praise Pranayama which is done with mantra while the other type is considered lower.
pranayama
OM Pranayama and The Sacred Syllable Om
Āpta Pramāṇa-आप्त प्रमाण Goraksh Paddhati (2, 2-5)
Translation [Yogic] exhalation, inhalation, and retention are of the nature of the humming sound (praṇava) [i.e., the sacred syllable Om]. Breath control is threefold and endowed with twelve measures (mātrā). (2.2) The [internal] Sun and Moon are connected with the twelve measures; they are not fettered by the network of defects (dosha). The Yogin should always know [these two principles]. (2.3) During inhalation he should perform twelve measures [of the syllable Om]. During retention he should perform sixteen measures, and during exhalation ten Om-sounds. This is called "breath control" (prāṇāyāma). (2.4) In the initial [stage of breath control] twelve measures [should be done]; in the middle [stage] twice as many are deemed [appropriate]; in the superior [stage] thrice as many are prescribed. Such is the qualification of breath control. (2.5)
Pranayama and Kumbhaka - Essential part of Yogic Practice
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Kundali-Upanishad I 19-21
प्राणरोधमथेदानीं प्रवक्ष्यामि समासतः ।
प्राणश्च देहगो वायुरार्यामः कुम्भकः स्मृतः ॥ १९ ॥
स एव द्विविधः प्रोक्तः सहितः केवलस्तथा ।
यावत् केवलसिद्धिः स्यात् तावत् सहितमभ्यसेत् ॥ २० ॥
सूर्योंज्जायी शीतली च भस्त्री च्णैवं चतुर्थिका ।
भेदैरेव समं कुम्भो यः स्यात् सहितकुम्भकः ॥ २१ ॥
prāṇarodhamedānīṃ pravakṣyāmi samāsataḥ |
prāṇaśca dehago vāyurāyāmaḥ Kumbhakaḥ smṛtaḥ || 19 ||
sa eva dvividhaḥ proktaḥ sahitaḥ kevalastathā |
yāvat kevalasiddhiḥ syāt tāvat sahitamabhyaset || 20 ||
sūryojjāyī śītalī ca bhastrī caiva caturthikā |
bhedaireva samaṃ kumbho yaḥ syāt sahitaKumbhakaḥ || 21 ||
Translation Then I shall presently relate briefly about the control of the vital air. Prana is air coursing through the body and Ayama is said to be Kumbhaka (holding under control). The same is said to be of two kinds: the combined (Pranayama) and that (which is practiced) alone by itself. One should practice the combined Pranayama till he attains success in the (practice of Kumbhaka) alone by itself. The Kumbhaka which is practiced along with Surya, Ujjayi, Sitali and Bhastri as the fourth, that is the combined Kumbhaka.
The qualities of the breath
Śāstra Pramāṇa-शास्त्र प्रमाण Varaha Upanishad V. 18
पूरकः कुम्भकस्तद्वद्रेचकः पूरकः पुनः ।
प्राणायामाः स्वनाडीभिस्तस्मान्नाडीः प्रचक्षते ॥ १८ ॥
pūrakaḥ Kumbhakastadvadrecakaḥ pūrakaḥ punaḥ |
prāṇāyāmāḥ svanāḍībhistasmānnāḍīḥ pracakṣate || 18 ||
Translation (Puraka) in-filling, (Kumbhaka) steadying, similarly (Recaka) expelling, then (Puraka) in-filling again, these are the (Pranayama-s), the ways of breath-rarefaction by means of one's own Nadi-s (air-tubes). Hence theNadi is spoken of (in the sequel).
Sagarbha Pranayama in 3 kinds, and control of breath
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण
Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama,
Yoga Pada 15
उत्तमा मध्यमा मन्दास्सगर्भाः त्रिविधाः स्मृताः ॥ १५
प्राणायामांश्च तान् कुर्यात् पूरकुम्भकरेचकान् ।
uttama' madhyama' manda's sagarbha'h trividhah smr'ta'h ||
pran.a'ya'ma'ms'ca ta'n kurya't pu'ra Kumbhaka recaka'n |
Translation The specific kind of Pranayama known as sagarbha Pranayama is of three kinds — the superior, intermediary and slow. The sadhaka should practice the control of breath through Puraka (inbreath), Kumbhaka (retention of breath) and Recaka (outbreath).
Description of Puraka
Śāstra Pramāṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण
Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama,
Yoga Pada 17
उदरं पूरयित्वा तु वायुना यावदीप्सितम् ॥ १७
प्रणायामो भवेदेवं पूरको देहपूरकः ।
udaram pu'rayitva'tu va'yuna' ya'vadi'psitam || 17
pra'n.a'ya'mo bhavedevam pu'rako deha pu'rakah |
Translation Inhaling the breath deeply to the extent possible and filling up the stomachwith the breath taken inside is the mode of pra'n.a'ya'ma known as pu'raka.
Description of Kumbhaka
Śāstra Pramāṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण
Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama,
Yoga Pada 18
पिधाय सर्वद्वाराणिनिश्वासोच्छ्वासवर्जितः ॥ १८
सम्पूर्ण कुम्भवत् तिष्ठत् प्राणायामः स कुम्भकः ।
pidha'ya srva dva'ra'n.i nis'vasocchvasa varjitah ||18
sampu'rna kumbhavat tis''thet pra'n.a'ya'mah sa Kumbhakah |
Translation Closing all the passages meant for the flow of prana and keeping free frominhalation and exhalation, the sadhaka should remain seated like a vessel(kumbha) completely filled up to its mouth. This mode of Pranayama isknown as Kumbhaka.
Description of Rechaka
Śāstra Pramāṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण
Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama,
Yoga Pada 19
ततोर्ध्वं रेचयेत् वायुं मृदुनिश्वास संयुतम् ॥ १९ ॥
रेचकस्त्वेष विख्यातः प्राणसंशयकारक ।
tatordhvam recayet va'yum mr'du nis'vasa samyutam |
recakastves''a vikhya'tah pra'n.a sams'aya ka'rakah ||19||
Translation The sadhaka should empty the stomach by slowly exhaling the prana. This mode of Pranayama is known as Recaka which is instrumental in driving the prana out.
Pranayama and Kundalini Awakening
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Vijnana Bhairava Tantra. 154
व्रजेत्प्राणो विशेज् जीव इच्छया कुटिलाकृतिः ।
दीर्घात्मा सा महादेवी परक्षेत्रम् परापरा ॥ १५४ ॥
vrajetprāṇo viśej jīva iccayā kuṭilākṛtiḥ |
dīrghātmā sā mahādevī parakṣetram parāparā || 154 ||
Translation Prana and apana, having moved swiftly in a distinct direction, by the wish of Kundalini, that great Goddess stretches (elongates herself) and becomes the supreme place of pilgrimage of both manifest and unmanifest. 154
Vayusiddhi (Levitation) – Destroys Darkness of World
Śāstra Pramāṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 42
योगी पद्मासनस्थोऽपि भुवमुत्सृज्य वर्तते ।
वायुसिद्धिस्तदा ज्ञेया संसारध्वान्तनाशिनी ॥ ४२ ॥
yogī padyāsanastho'pi bhuvamutsṛjya vartate |
vāyusiddhistadā kṣeyā saṁsāradhvāntanāśinī || 42 ||
Translation When the Yogi, though remaining in Padmasana, can raise in the air and leave the ground, then know that he has gained Vayusiddhi (success over air), which destroys the darkness of the world.
Perfection of Pranayama
Brings Decrease of Sleep,
Excrement and Urine
Śāstra Pramāṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 43
तावत्कालं प्रकुर्वीत योगोक्तनियमग्रहम् ।
अल्पनिद्रा पुरीषं च स्तोकं मूत्रमं च जायते ॥ ४३ ॥
tāvatkālaṁ prakurvīta yogoktaniyamagraham |
alpanidrā purīṣaṁ ca stokaṁ mūtramaṁ ca jāyate || 43 ||
Translation But so long (as he does not gain it), let him practice observing all the rules and restrictions laid down above. From the perfection of Pranayama, follows decrease of sleep, excrements and urine.
The Truth-Perceiving Yogi becomes
Free from Disease, Sorrow, Afflictions,
Never Gets Putrid
Śāstra Pramāṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 44
अरोगित्वमदीनत्वं योगिनस्तत्त्वदर्शिनः ।
स्वेदो लाला क्रिमिश्चैव सर्वथैव न जायते ॥ ४४ ॥
arogitvamadīnatvaṁ Yoginastattvadarśinaḥ |
svedo lālā krimiścaiva sarvathaiva na jāyate || 44 ||
Translation The truth-perceiving Yogi becomes free from disease, and sorrow or affliction; he never gets (putrid) perspiration, saliva and intestinal worms.
When Yogi is Excepted from Specific Diet and Rest
Śāstra Pramāṇa-शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita, III, 45
कफपित्तानिलाश्चैव साधकस्य कलेवरे ।
तस्मिन्काले साधकस्य भोज्येष्वनियमग्रहः ॥ ४५ ॥
kaphapittānilāścaiva sādhakasya kalevare |
tasminkāle sādhakasya bhojyeṣvaniyamagrahaḥ || 45 ||
Translation When in the body of the practitioner, there is neither any increase of phlegm, wind, nor bile; then he may with impunity be irregular in his diet and the rest.
Bhuchari Siddhi Through Constant Practice
Śāstra Pramāṇa-शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita, III, 46
अत्यल्पं बहुधा भुक्त्वा योगी न व्यथते हि सः ।
अथाभ्यासवशाद्योगी भूचरों सिद्धिमाप्नुयात् ॥
यथा दर्दुरजन्तूनां गतिः स्यात्पाणिताडनात् ॥ ४६ ॥
atyalpaṁ bahudhā bhuktvā yogī na vyathate hi saḥ |
athābhyāsavaśādyogī bhūcaroṁ siddhimāpnuyāt ||
yathā dardurajantūnāṁ gatiḥ syātpāṇitāḍanāt || 46 ||
Translation No injurious results then would follow, were the Yogi to take a large quantity of food, or very little, or no food at all. Through the strength of constant practice, the Yogi obtains Bhucharisiddhi; he moves as the frog jumps over the ground, when frightened away by the clapping of hands.
Yogi should go on with his practice irrespective of all the obstacles and hazards (Will Persistency)
Śāstra Pramāṇa-शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita, III, 47
सन्त्यत्र बहवो विघ्ना दारुणा दुर्निवारणाः ।
तथापि साधयेद्योगी प्राणैः कण्ठगतैरपि ॥ ४७ ॥
santyatra bahavo vighnā dāruṇā durnivāraṇāḥ |
tathāpi sādhayedyogī prāṇaiḥ kaṇṭhagatairapi || 47 ||
Translation Verily, there are many hard and almost insurmountable obstacles in Yoga, yet the Yogi should go on with his practice at all hazards; even were his life to come to the throat.
Repetition of long Pranava Om to destroy obstacles
Śāstra Pramāṇa-शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita, III, 48
ततो रहस्युपविष्टः साधकः संयतेन्द्रियः ।
प्रणवं प्रजपेद्दीर्घं विघ्नानां नाशहेतवे ॥ ४८ ॥
tato rahasyupaviṣṭaḥ sādhakaḥ saṁyatendriyaḥ |
praṇavaṁ prajapeddīrghaṁ vighnānāṁ nāśahetave || 48 ||
Translation Then let the practitioner, sitting in a retired place and restraining his senses, utter by inaudible repetition, the long pranava OM, in order to destroy all obstacles.

On the duration of Pranayama
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण
Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama.
Yoga Pada 20
प्रसार्य चाग्रहस्तं तु जानुं कृत्वा प्रदक्षिणम् ॥ २०
छोटिकां तु ततो दद्यान् मात्रैषात्वभिधीयते ।
prasa'rya ca'gra hastam tu ja'num kr'tva' pradaks"in.am || 20 chot'ika'm tu tato dadya'n matrais"a'tvabhidhi'yate |
Translation Stretching the forearm, If one encircles his knee once from left to rightsimultaneously snapping his fingers, the time taken for doing such encircling once is called matra.
Description of Tala (Twelve Matras)
Śāstra Pramāṇa-शास्त्र प्रमाण
Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama.
Yoga Pada 21
मात्रा द्वादश विज्ञेयाः प्रमाणं तालसंज्ञकम् ॥ २१
ma'tra' dva'das'a vijn"eaya'h prama'n.am ta'la samjn"akam || 21
Translation Twelve Matras make one measure known as Tala.
Level of Pranayama based on number of Talas
Śāstra Pramāṇa-शास्त्र प्रमाण
Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama.
Yoga Pada 22
तालद्वादशकं ज्ञेयं प्राणायामस्तु कन्यसः ।
मध्यमश्च चतुर्विंशज् ज्येष्ठस्तद्द्विगुणो भवेत् ॥
ta'la dva'das'akam jn"eyam pra'n.a'ya'mastu kanyasah | madyamas'ca caturvis'aj jyes"t'has taddvigun.o bhavet || 22
Translation The Pranayama done with the duration of 12 Talas is of lower kind. That which is done with the duration of 24 Talas is of intermediary type. The supreme kind of Pranayama is that which is done with the duration of 48 Talas.
Yogi to Increase One Tala per day in Practice of Pranayama
Śāstra Pramāṇa-शास्त्र प्रमाण
Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama.
Yoga Pada 23
ekaika'm vardhayen ma'tra'm pratyaham Yogavittamah | na tvren.a vilambena kramen.aiva vivardhayet || 23 ||
Translation The sadhaka who has known well the system of Yoga should increase the duration of Pranayama by one Tala day by day. Increasing the duration of Pranayama should not be done very swiftly or very slowly. He should increase the duration gradually and in due order.
Matra: the unit of measurement for Pranayama
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Cudamany Upanishad 100-104
प्राणो देहस्थितो यावदपानं तु निरुन्धयेत् ।
एकश्वासमयी मात्रा ऊर्ध्वाधो गगने स्थितिः ॥ १०० ॥
रेचकः पूरकश्चैव कुम्भकः प्रणवात्मकः ।
प्राणायामो भवेदेवं मात्राद्वादशसंयुतः ॥ १०१ ॥
मात्राद्वादशसंयुक्तौ निशाकरदिवाकरौ ।
दोषाजालमबध्नन्तौ ज्ञातव्यौ योगिभिः सदा ॥ १०२ ॥
पूरकं द्वादशं कुर्यात् कुम्भकं षोडशं भवेत् ।
रेचकं दश चोंकारः प्राणायामः स उच्यते ॥ १०३ ॥
अधमे द्वादशा मात्रा मध्यमे द्विगुणा मता ।
उत्तमे त्रिगुणा प्रोक्ता प्राणायामस्य निर्णयः ॥ १०४ ॥
prāṇo dehasthito yāvadapānaṁ tu nirundhayet |
ekaśvāsamayī mātrā ūrdhvādho gagane sthitiḥ || 100 ||
recakaḥ pūrakaścaiva Kumbhakaḥ praṇavātmakaḥ |
prāṇāyāmo bhavedevaṁ mātrādvādaśasaṁyutaḥ || 101 ||
mātrādvādaśasaṁyuktau niśākaradivākarau |
doṣājālamabadhnantau jñātavyau Yogibhiḥ sadā || 102 ||
pūrakaṁ dvādaśaṁ kuryāt Kumbhakaṁ ṣoḍaśaṁ bhavet |
recakaṁ daśa coṁkāraḥ prāṇāyāmaḥ sa ucyate || 103 ||
adhame dvādaśā mātrā madhyame dviguṇā matā |
uttame triguṇā proktā prāṇāyāmasya nirṇayaḥ || 104 ||
Translation As long as the Prana (vital air) remains in the body, (the Yogin) should regulate the Apana (vital air). Matra (the unit of measurement of the breath) is the time occupied by a single breath (inspiration and expiration in the normal manner) occupying the ether upwards and downwards. The Recaka, the Puraka and the Kumbhaka are of the character of Pranava. According to this computation, the Pranayama is made up of twelve Matras.
Then should he perform the Puraka for a duration of twelve Matras. The Kumbhaka would be of the duration of sixteen Matras, the Recaka of ten Matras and the Omkara as well (of ten Matra-s). That is known as Pranayama. In (the practice of) the inferior type (the Pranayama) is twelve Matra-s in duration. In one of the middle type it is considered to be twice as many. In one of the superior type it is said to be thrice as many.
Measuring time for Pranayama
Āpta Pramāṇa-आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 158-162
मात्रा नव-विधा प्रोक्ता योगिभिस्-तत्व-दर्शिभिः ।
निमेषोन्मेषणं मात्राकालो लघ्वक्षरान्वितः ॥ १५८ ॥
मिता द्वादश-ह्रस्वानां शीघ्रम्-उच्चार-कालतः ।
प्रदक्षिणी-कृत्य जानुं न द्रुतं न विलम्बितम् ॥ १५९ ॥
अङ्गुली-त्रिकतो मात्रा छोटिका-करणाद् भवेत् ।
गोदोह-वत्स-पानेषु क्षेपघण्टा-रवोन्मिता ॥ १६० ॥
चतुरो ह्यतिमात्रा स्युस्-ताश्-च सेव्याहृ शनैर्ः शनैः ।
देश-कालानुसारेण प्राहुर्-योगीश्वराः पुराः ॥ १६१ ॥
पूर-कुम्भक-रेचेषु निसर्ग-जनितेसु यः ।
कालः स मात्रा-संज्ञः स्यात् स्व-स्व-मान-क्रमाद्-इमाः ॥ १६२ ॥
mātrā nava-vidhā proktā Yogibhis-tatva-darśibhiḥ |
nimeṣonmeṣaṇaṁ mātrākālo laghvakṣarānvitaḥ || 158 ||
mitā dvādaśa-hrasvānāṁ śīghram-uccāra-kālataḥ |
pradakṣiṇī-kṛtya jānuṁ na drutaṁ na vilambitam || 159 ||
aṅgulī-trikato mātrā choṭikā-karaṇād bhavet |
godoha-vatsa-pāneṣu kṣepaghaṇṭā-ravonmitā || 160 ||
caturo hyatimātrā syus-tāś-ca sevyāhṛ śanaiḥ śanaiḥ |
deśa-kālānusāreṇa prāhur-yogīśvarāḥ purāḥ || 161 ||
pūra-Kumbhaka-receṣu nisarga-janiteṣu yaḥ |
kālaḥ sa mātrā-saṁjñaḥ syāt sva-sva-māna-kramād-imāḥ || 162 ||
Translation The learned Yogis state the measurement of time, called mātrā to be nine-fold. The measure of mātrā is (i) time taken for twinkling of the eyes, (ii) pronouncing a short vowel, (iii) time taken for a quick pronunciation of 12 short vowels, (iv) going round the knee-joint with hand neither too slow nor to fast, (v) snapping together three fingers, (vi) ringing of the bell when feeding the calf at the time of milking a cow. 158-160
There are four other varieties narrated by the ancient yogis, called atimātras which are to be used gradually according to the region and season. 161
The duration of the time taken for pūraka, Kumbhaka and Rechaka by the individual according to his natural capacity is also called mātrā. 162
pranayama
Duration of Pranayama
Āpta Pramāṇa-आप्त प्रमाण
Kumbhaka Paddadhi 153
मात्राः षोडश-पूरे स्युश्-चतुः-षष्ट्यस्-तु कुम्भके ।
द्वात्रिंशद्-रेचके प्रोक्ताः मात्राकुम्भः समीरिताः ॥ १५३ ॥
mātrāḥ ṣoḍaśa-pūre syuś-catuḥ-ṣaṣṭyas-tu kumbhake |
dvātriṁśad-recake proktāḥ mātrākumbhaḥ samīritaḥ || 153 ||
Translation Inhaling air for sixteen Matras (time units) and holding it for sixty four Matras, and exhaling it for thirty two Matras is known as Matra-Kumbhaka.
Two types of Pranayama
Āpta Pramāṇa-आप्त प्रमाण
Two types of Pranayama
Nathamuni Yoga Rahasya 1.96-97
अत्यल्पं बहुधा भुक्त्वा योगी न व्यथते हि सः ।
अथाभ्यासवशाद्योगी भूचरों सिद्धिमाप्नुयात् ॥
यथा दर्दुरजन्तूनां गतिः स्यात्पाणिताडनात् ॥ ४६ ॥
atyalpaṁ bahudhā bhuktvā yogī na vyathate hi saḥ |
athābhyāsavaśādyogī bhūcaroṁ siddhimāpnuyāt ||
yathā dardurajantūnāṁ gatiḥ syātpāṇitāḍanāt || 46 ||
Translation No injurious results then would follow, were the Yogi to take a large quantity of food, or very little, or no food at all. Through the strength of constant practice, the Yogi obtains Bhucharisiddhi; he moves as the frog jumps over the ground, when frightened away by the clapping of hands.
Yogi should go on with his practice irrespective of all the obstacles and hazards (Will Persistency) Śāstra Pramāṇa-शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 47
सन्त्यत्र बहवो विघ्ना दारुणा दुर्निवारणाः ।
तथापि साधयेद्योगी प्राणैः कण्ठगतैरपि ॥ ४७ ॥
santyatra bahavo vighnā dāruṇā durnivāraṇāḥ |
tathāpi sādhayed yogī prāṇaiḥ kaṇṭhagatairapi || 47 ||
Translation Verily, there are many hard and almost insurmountable obstacles in Yoga, yet the Yogi should go on with his practice at all hazards; even were his life to come to the throat.
Repetition of long Pranava Om to destroy obstacles Śāstra Pramāṇa-शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 48
ततो रहस्युपाविष्टः साधकः संयतेन्द्रियः ।
प्रणवं प्रजपेद्दीर्घं विघ्नानां नाशहेतवे ॥ ४८ ॥
tato rahasyupāviṣṭaḥ sādhakaḥ saṁyatendriyaḥ |
praṇavaṁ prajapeddīrghaṁ vighnānāṁ nāśahetave || 48 ||
Translation Then let the practitioner, sitting in a retired place and restraining his senses, utter by inaudible repetition,the long pranava OM, in order to destroy all obstacles.

pranayama
Duration of Pranayama
Āpta Pramāṇa - आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 153
मात्राः षोडश-पूरे स्युश्-चतुः-षष्ट्यस्-तु कुम्भके ।
द्वात्रिंशद्-रेचके प्रोक्ताः मात्राकुम्भः समीरतः ॥ १५३ ॥
mātrāḥ ṣoḍaśa-pūre syuś-catuḥ-ṣaṣṭyas-tu kumbhake |
dvātriṁśad-recake proktāḥ mātrākumbhaḥ samīritaḥ || 153 ||
Translation Inhaling air for sixteen Matras (time units) and holding it for sixty four Matras, and exhaling it for thirty two Matras is known as Matra-Kumbhaka.
How to start the practice of Kumbhakas?
Śāstra Pramāṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Kundali-Upanishad | 54-55
प्रथमे दिवसे कार्यं कुम्भकानां चतुष्टयम् ।
प्रत्येकं दशसंख्याकं द्वितीये पञ्चभिस्तथा ॥ ५४ ॥
prathame divase kāryaṁ kumbhakānāṁ catuṣṭayam |
pratyekaṁ daśasaṁkhyākaṁ dvitīye pañcabhistathā ||54||
विंशत्यलं तृतीयेऽह्नि पञ्चवृद्ध्या दिने दिने ।
कर्तव्यः कुम्भको नित्यं बन्धत्रयसमन्वितः ॥ ५५ ॥
viṁśatyalaṁ tṛtīye'hni pañcavṛddhyā dine dine |
kartavyaḥ kumbhako nityaṁ bandhatrayasamanvitaḥ || 55 ||
Translation On the first day should be practised the four kinds of Kumbhakas, (at the rate of) ten of each several kind. On the second day in the same way, but with the number increased by five. On the third day, twenty (of each kind) will do. Hence, everyday, be increasing the number by five (progressively) per day, the Kumbhaka should be performed everyday along with the three Bandha-s.
Kumbhakas and Bandhas to acheive the Ultimate state of Yoga
Śāstra Pramāṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Sikhopanishad 88 - 89
अथाभ्यसेत् सूर्यभेदमुज्जायीं चापि सीतलीम् ।
भस्त्रां च सहितो नाम स्याच्चतुष्टयकुम्भकः ॥ ८८ ॥
athābhyaset sūryabhedamujjāyīṁ cāpi śītalīm |
bhastrāṁ ca sahito nāma syāccatuṣṭayakumbhakaḥ || 88 ||
बन्धत्रयेण संयुक्तः केवलप्राप्तिकारकः ।
कुम्भकभेदमाह- अथेति ॥ ८९ ॥
bandhatrayeṇa saṁyuktaḥ kevalaprāptikārakaḥ |
Kumbhakabhedamāha- atheti || 89 ||
Translation One should practice (the Kumbhaka-s known as) Surya-bheda, Ujjayi, S'itali and Bhastra. (These) together constitute the four-fold Kumbhaka. Together with the three Bandhas, (that) causes the attainment of the Kevala (Kumbhaka).
| Order of Pranayamas Āpta Pramāṇa - आप्त प्रमाण Haṭhapradīpikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 5, Verse 177) | तदाभ्यसेत् सूर्यभेदम्-उज्जायीं चापि शीतलीम् ॥ एवम् - अभ्यासयुक्तस्य यमस्तु यमिनः कुतः ॥ १७७ ॥ tadābhyaset sūryabhedam-ujjāyīṁ cāpi śītalīm । Ievam - abhyāsayuktasya yamastu yaminaḥ kutaḥ ॥ 177 ॥ | Translation After that, take up the practice of sūrya-bheda, ujjāyī and śītalī. A Yogī, who practices in this manner, is not afraid of death. 177 |
| pranayama | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| The nine types of Kumbhakas Āpta Pramāṇa - आप्त प्रमाण Haṭharatnāvalī (2, 5) | भस्त्रिका, भ्रामरी, सूर्यभेदोज्जायी च शीतली ॥ मूर्च्छानिामकसीत्कारं केवलश्चाष्टकुम्भकाः ॥ भुजङ्गकरणी चेति कुम्भका नवसङ्ख्यकाः ॥ ५ ॥ Bhastrikā, bhrāmarī, sūryabhedojjāyī ca śītalī ॥ mūrcchānāmakasītkāraṁ kevalaścāṣṭakumbhakāḥ॥ bhujaṅgakaraṇī ceti kumbhakā navasaṅkhyakāḥ ॥ 5 ॥ | Translation Tr. Bhastrikā, bhrāmarī, sūryabheda, ujjāyī, śītalī, mūrcchā, sītkāra and kevala are the eight Kumbhakas. bhujaṅgakaraṇī is the ninth Kumbhaka. 5. | |
| 10 Types of Pranayama Āpta Pramāṇa - आप्त प्रमाण Nathamuni Yoga Rahasya I.100 | उज्जायी नाडिकाशुद्धिः सूर्यभेदश्च भस्त्रिका । सीत्कारी शीतली चैव लहरी भ्रामरी तथा । कपालभातिरन्दोली प्राणायामा दश स्मृताः ॥ ujjāyī nāḍikāśuddhiḥ sūryabhedaśca bhastrikā । sītkārī śītalī caiva laharī bhrāmarī tathā । kapālabhātirāndolī prāṇāyāmā daśa smṛtāḥ ॥ | Translation Texts talk about ten types of Pranayama. They are Ujjayi, Nadisodhana, Suryabhedana, Bhastrika, Sitkari, Sitali, Lahari, Bramari, Kapalabhati, and Andoli. | |
| When to practice Pranayama? Śāstra Pramāṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Śāṇḍilyopaniṣhad VI. 2 | प्रातर्मध्यान्दिने सायमधरात्रे तु कुम्भकान् । शनैरशीतिपर्यन्तं चतुर्वारं समभ्यसेत् ॥ २ ॥ prātarmadhyamdine sāyamardharātre tu kumbhakān । śanairaśītiparyantaṁ caturvāraṁ samabhyaset ॥ 2 ॥ | Translation Early in the morning, at noon, in the evening andat midnight, (the Yogin) should practise Kumbhaka-s, gradually (increasing the number) up to eighty, four timesevery day. |
| Duration of Pranayama Practice Āpta Pramāṇa-आप्त प्रमाण Haṭhapradīpikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 5, Verse 178) | muhūrttadvayaparyantaṁ nirbhayaṁ cālanādasau ॥ ūrdhvam-ākṛṣyate kiñcit suṣumnāgata-kuṇḍalī ॥ 178 ॥ muhūrttadvayaparyantaṁ nirbhayaṁ cālanādasau ॥ ūrdhvam-ākṛṣyate kiñcit suṣumnāgata-kuṇḍalī ॥ 178 ॥ | Translation If one fearlessly undertakes this practice for six hours, kuṇḍalī is aroused and it enters into suṣumnā. 178 |
| Heat generating Kumbhakas Āpta Pramāṇa-आप्त प्रमाण Haṭhatatvakaumudī (Chapter 10, Verse 8-9) | iti kaphavātarogakṛmidoṣaśaityavikārahara uṣṇavīryaḥ sūryabhedakumbhakaḥ ॥ 8 ॥ ujjayīsūryabhedau dvau kumbhāvauṣṇau smṛtau muneḥ । cidrupoṣmāṁśudhamanīviṣavāhatayā tanau ॥ 9 ॥ iti kaphavātarogakṛmidoṣaśaityavikārahara uṣṇavīryaḥ sūryabhedaKumbhakaḥ ॥ 8 ॥ ujjāyīsūryabhedau dvau kumbhāvauṣṇau smṛtau muneḥ । cidrūpoṣmāṁśudhamanīviṣavāhatayā tanau ॥ 9 ॥ | Translation Ujjayi and Suryabedha generate heat and detoxify the body.Ujjayi and suryabheda are the two Kumbhakas which are considered heat generating. The ray of heat generated in the body removes the toxicity from the tubular vessels in the body of a muni. |
| The Four Stages of Pranayama Śāstra Pramāṇa-शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita 29 | samakāyaḥ sugandhiśca sukāntiḥ svarasādhakaḥ । ārambhaghaṭakaścaiva yathā paricayastadā ॥ niṣpattiḥ sarvayogeṣu yogāvasthā bhavanti tāḥ ॥ 29 ॥ samakāyaḥ sugandhiśca sukāntiḥ svarasādhakaḥ । ārambhaghaṭakaścaiva yathā paricayastadā ॥ niṣpattiḥ sarvayogeṣu yogāvasthā bhavanti tāḥ ॥ 29 ॥ | Translation In all kinds of Yoga, there are four stages of Pranayama – 1: Arambha-avastha (the state of beginning); 2: Ghata-avastha (the state of co-operation of Self and Higher Self); 3: Parichaya-avastha (knowledge); 4: Nishpattiavastha (the final consummation). |
Advice during the practice of Pranayama
Śāstra Pramāṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण
Sandilya Upanishad VII.6-7
यथा सिंहो गजो व्याघ्रो भवेद्वश्यः शनैः शनैः ।
तथैव सेवितो वायुरन्यथा हन्ति साधकम् ॥ ६ ॥
युक्तंयुक्तं त्यजेद्वायुं युक्तंयुक्तं च पूरयेत् ।
युक्तं युक्तेन बध्नीयादेवं सिद्धिमवाप्नुयात् ॥ ७ ॥
yathā siṁho gajo vyāghro bhavedvaśyaḥ śanaiḥ śanaiḥ |
tathaiva sevito vāyuranyathā hanti sādhakam || 6 ||
yuktaṁyuktaṁ tyajedvāyuṁ yuktaṁyuktaṁ ca pūrayet |
yuktaṁ yuktena badhnīyādevam siddhimavāpnuyāt || 7 ||
Translation
Even as a lion, an elephant or a tiger, is capable of being brought under control, (when attention is devoted in that direction) little by little, even so the vital air, when served (with due care). Otherwise, it will kill the practitioner. (The Yogin) should send out the vital air prudently and according as the circumstances demand-, he should in-fill it according to the circumstances with due care; he should hold it bound (in Kumbhaka) according to exigencies; (by practising) in this manner he would attain successful accomplishment (of the purification of the Nadi-s).

pranayama
Guidance on the Practice of Pranayama
Śāstra Pramāṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण
Yoga-Tattvopanishad 65-67
ततो भवेद्घटावस्था पवनाभ्यासतत्परा ।
प्राणोऽपानो मनो बुद्धिजवात्मपरमात्मनोः ॥ ६५ ॥
अन्योन्यस्याविरोधेन एकतां घटते यदा ।
घटावस्थेति सा प्रोक्ता तच्चिह्नानि ब्रवीम्यहम् ॥ ६६ ॥
पूर्वं यः कथितोऽभ्यासश्चतुर्थांशं परिग्रहेत् ।
दिवा वा यदि वा सायमेककालं समभ्यसेत् ॥ ६७ ॥
tato bhavedghaṭāvasthā pavanābhyāsatatparā |
prāṇo'pāno mano buddhirjīvātmaparamātmanoḥ || 65 ||
anyonyasyāvirodhena ekatāṁ ghaṭate yadā |
Translation
Then comes the stage (known as) Ghata, wherein effort has to be put forth for the regulation of breath. That is known as the Ghata stage, wherein the Yogin brings about the union of Prana, Apana, Manas and Buddhi, and of the Jivatman and the Paramatman, without detriment to their mutual relationship. I shall relate the symptoms thereof: He should then take hold of the practice prescribed already, only to a fourth of its extent. should he perform Kevala-Kumbhaka.
ghaṭāvastheti sā proktā taccihnāni bravīmyaham || 66 ||
pūrvaṃ yaḥ kathito'bhyāsaścaturthāṃśaṃ parigrahet |
divā vā yadi vā sāyamekakālaṃ samabhyaset || 67 ||
Once, either during the day or at twilight, should he practise (as above) and once every day should he perform Kevala-Kumbhaka.
Levels of Pranayama
Śāstra Pramāṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Cudamany Upanishad 105-106
अधमे स्वेदजननं कम्पो भवति मध्यमे ।
उत्तमे स्थानमाप्नोति ततो वायुं निरुन्धयेत् ॥ १०५ ॥
बद्धपद्मासनो योगी नमस्कृत्य गुरुं शिवम् ।
नासाग्रहष्टिरेकाकी प्राणायामं समभ्यसेत् ॥ १०६ ॥
adhame svedajananaṃ kampo bhavati madhyame |
uttame sthānamāpnoti tato vāyuṃ nirundhayet || 105 ||
baddhapadmāsano yogī namaskṛtya Guruṃ śivam |
nāsāgradṛṣṭirekākī prāṇāyāmaṃ samabhyaset || 106 ||
Translation (In this manner) is the determination of the Pranayama. In one of the inferior type there is (profuse) perspiration generated, in one of the middle type there is tremour experienced, in one of the superior type the Yogin attains the right position. Therefore should one control the vital air. The Yogin, assuming the Padmasana posture, and saluting his Guru and Siva,should practise Pranayama all alone, with his eyes fixed on the tip of the nose.
The Yogic Powers attained from Pranayama
Śāstra Pramāṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Cudamany Upanishad 51 - 62
प्रस्वेदो जायते पूर्वं मर्दनं तेन कारयेत् ॥ ५१ ॥
ततोऽपि धारणाद्वायोः क्रमेणैव शनैः शनैः ।
कम्पो भवति देहस्य आसनस्थस्य देहिनः ॥ ५२ ॥
ततोऽधिकतराभ्यासाद् दर्दरी स्वेन जायते ।
यदा च दर्दरो भाव उत्प्लुत्योत्प्लुत्य गच्छति ॥ ५३ ॥
पद्मासनस्थितो योगी तथा गच्छति भूतले ।
ततोऽधिकतराभ्यासाद्भूभित्यागश्च जायते ॥ ५४ ॥
Translation At first there will be profuse perspiration (caused by holding the breath in the foot), wherewith should one massage (the body). Even after that, as a result of the gradual holding of breath, there will arise the tremour of the body in the usual course, in the Yogin who has assumed his posture. With further increase of practice thereafter, a hollow is of itself caused. When there is this state of hollowness, (the Yogin) moves by leaps and bounds
पद्मासनस्थ एवासौ भूमिमुत्सृज्य गच्छति ।
अतिमानुषचेष्टादि तथा सामर्थ्यमुद्भवेत् ॥ ५५ ॥
prasvedo jāyate pūrvaṁ mardanaṁ tena kārayet || 51 ||
tato'pi dhāraṇādvāyoḥ krameṇaiva śanaiḥ śanaiḥ |
kampo bhavati dehasya āsanasthasya dehinaḥ || 52 ||
tato'dhikatarābhyāsāt dardarī sveṇa jāyate |
yadā ca dardaro bhāva utplutyotplutya gacchati || 53 ||
padmāsanasthito yogī tathā gacchati bhūtale |
tato'dhikatarābhyāsādbhūmityāgaśca jāyate || 54 ||
padmāsanastha evāsau bhūmimutsṛjya gacchati |
atimānuṣaceṣṭādi tathā sāmarthyamudbhavet || 55 ||
Translation
The Yogin sitting in the Padmasana posture, will move on the surface of the earth in the same posture. With further increase of practice thereafter, there will be the giving up of (the movement on the surface of) the earth. He will even while in the Padmasana posture, leave off the surface of the earth and move.
Special instructions on the Practice of Yoga
Śāstra Pramāṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण
Śaṇḍilya upaniṣhad VII. 3-4
कनीयसि भवेत् स्वेदः कम्पी भवति मध्यमे ।
उत्तिष्ठत्युत्तमे प्राणरोधे पद्मासनं भवेत् ॥ ३ ॥
जलेन श्रमजातेन गात्रमर्दनमाचरेत् ।
दृढता लघुता चापि तस्य गात्रस्य जायते ॥ ४ ॥
kanīyasi bhavet svedaḥ kampo bhavati madhyame |
uttiṣṭhatyuttame prāṇarodhe padmāsanaṁ bhavet || 3 ||
jalena śramajātena gātramardanamācaret |
dṛḍhatā laghutā cāpi tasya gātrasya jāyate || 4 ||
Translation
In the early stages, there will be (the flow of) sweat. In the middle stages, there will be the tremour(of the body). In the advanced stages of the control of breath, (the body) will rise up. The Padmasanaposture should be assumed (by the Yogin in all stages). He should massage his body with the perspiration produced (in the course of practice) due to the exertion(involved). (Therefrom) strength of limb and lightness of his body will result.
| Special instructions on the Practice of Yoga | जलेन श्रमजातेन अङ्गमर्दनमाचरेत् ॥ दृढता लघुता चापि तथा गात्रस्य जायते ॥ ८९ ॥ | Translation One will do well by rubbing the body with the sweat generated by exertion (of prāṇāyāma). This makes the body strong and light.89. | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Śāstra Pramāṇa-शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III 40-41 Hatharatnavali (Chapter 3, Verse 89) | jalena śramajātena aṅgamardanamācaret | dṛḍhatā laghutā cāpi tathā gātrasya jāyate | 89 |
| Special instructions on the Practice of Yoga | कनीयसि भवेत् स्वेदः कम्पो भवति मध्यमे । उत्तिष्ठत्युत्तमे प्राणरोधे पद्मासनं भवेत् ॥ ३ ॥ जलेन श्रमजातेन गात्रमर्दनमाचरेत् । दृढता लघुता चापि तस्य गात्रस्य जायते ॥ ४ ॥ | Translation In the early stages, there will be (the flow of) sweat. In the middle stages, there will be the tremour(of the body). In the advanced stages of the control of breath, (the body) will rise up. The Padmasanaposture should be assumed (by the Yogin in all stages).He should massage his body with the perspiration produced (in the course of practice) due to the exertion(involved). (Therefrom) strength of limb and lightness of his body will result. | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Āpta Pramāṇa-आप्त प्रमाण Sandilya upanishad VII. 3-4 | kanīyasi bhavet svedaḥ kampo bhavati madhyame | uttiṣṭhatyuttame prāṇarodhe padmāsanaṃ bhavet | 3 | jalena śramajātena gātramardanamācaret | dṛḍhatā laghutā cāpi tasya gātrasya jāyate | 4 |
| Three stages of development according to Dattatreya | तस्य त्री-भूमिकत्वं चिरकालाभ्यासतो भूयात् । द्वादश-नैसर्गिकतो ह्यधिकश-चेद्-दैव-योगेन ॥ १९७ ॥ मात्राः प्रथम-भुवि स्याद्-दत्तात्रेयो द्रवीभावे । अस्याः द्विगुणां कम्पां त्रिगुणाम्-उत्थापिकां योगी ॥ १९८ ॥ | Translation According to Dattātreya, there are three stages of development with its prolonged practice. The first stage consist of twelve mātrās which may luckily increase. In this stage one gets perspiration. The second stage consists of twenty four mātrās causing tremors and in the third stage with thirty six mātrās, a yogī attains levitation. | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Āpta Pramāṇa-आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 197-198 Hatharatnavali (Chapter 3, Verse 88) | tasya trī-bhūmikatvaṁ cirakālābhyāsato bhūyāt | dvādaśa-naisargikato hyadhikaś-ced-daiva-yogena | 197 | mātrāḥ prathama-bhuvi syād-dattātreyo dravībhāve | asyāḥ dviguṇāṁ kampāṁ triguṇām-utthāpikāṁ yogī | 198 |
Third stage of development according to Dattatreya
Āpta Pramāṇa-आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 199-200
स्वेदे द्रवी भवेत् कम्प उत्थानेति तृतीयाका ।
आनन्द-निद्रा-घूर्णाश-च रोमाञ्च-ध्वनि-संविदः ॥ १९९ ॥
अङ्ग-मोटन-कम्पाश्-च भ्रम-स्वेद-प्रजल्पकाः ॥
संविन्-मूर्च्छादिकाश-चैव जायन्तेऽस्यां न संशयः ॥ २०० ॥
svede dravī bhavet kampa utthāneti tṛtīyakā |
ānanda-nidrā-ghūrṇāś-ca romāñca-dhvani-saṁvidaḥ || 199 ||
aṅga-moṭana-kampāś-ca bhrama-sveda-prajalpakāḥ ||
saṁvin-mūrcchādikāś-caiva jāyante'syāṁ na saṁśayaḥ || 200 ||
Translation In the third progressive stage, one experiences perspiration, ease, tremors, joy, trance, whirling, thrill, hearing of mystical sounds, bodily pain, sidewards movement, inarticulate murmur and Samadhi.
Mṛdu-meru, Madhya-meru, and Tīvrameru
Āpta Pramāṇa-आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 214-215
प्रथम-तितये नाडी-शोधनं वह्नि-दीपनम् ॥
मृदौ स्वेद-समुद्-भूतिर्-मध्य-मेरौ तु कम्पनम् ॥ २१४ ॥
तीव्रे खे राजतेऽन्येषु स्वनाम-सदृशं फलम् ॥
समाध्यन्तम्-इहोद्दिष्टं तत्-तत्-सञ्ज्ञा ततस्-ततः ॥ २१५ ॥
prathama-tritaye nāḍī-śodhanaṁ vahni-dīpanam ||
mṛdau sveda-samud-bhūtir-madhya-merau tu kampanam || 214 ||
tīvre khe rājate'nyeṣu svanāma-sadṛśaṁ phalam ||
samādhyantam-ihoddiṣṭaṁ tat-tat-sañjñā tatas-tataḥ || 215 ||
Translation First three stages lead to purification of the nāḍīs and increase of gastric fire. In mṛdumeru perspiration is generated, in madhyameru one experiences tremors and in tīvrameru one levitates. In other stages upto samādhi, one gets the results as per the names indicate, such as pratyāhāra, dhāraṇā, dhyāna and samādhi.
Merucalaka
Āpta Pramāṇa-आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 40-43)
अमेरुमेरुप्रभिदा महेशो द्विधाऽवदत् कुम्भमिहादिमोफलः ॥
न वर्ध्यद्रोधमथो सुसंयमं कृतं यथाशक्ति चिरेण सिद्धिदः ॥ ४० ॥
अमुमभ्यसतः पुंसो नैसर्गिकमेरुसंभूतिः ।
बघुभिः कालैर् भूयात् अगण्यपुण्यैः परासुमतेः ॥ ४१ ॥
Translation Two-fold Kumbhaka has been propagated by Mahesa as Ameru and Meru. Although the former is not futile, when it is increased judiciously and to the capacity, it leads to success in the longer run. With this practice one attains perfection of meru naturally with a great fortune in course of time.
Merucalaka
Āpta Pramāṇa - आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 40-43)
तस्य त्रिभूमिकत्वं चिरकालाभ्यासतो भूयात् ।
द्वादश नैसर्गिकतो ह्यधिकाश्चेद् दैवयोगेन ॥ ४२ ॥
मात्रा प्रथमभुवि स्युर्दत्तात्रेयोऽब्रवीत् द्रवीभावे ।
अस्या द्विगुणं कम्पां त्रिगुणं उत्थापिकां योगे ॥ ४३ ॥
बहुभिः कालैर् भूयात् अगण्यपुण्यैः परासुमतेः ॥ ४१ ॥
amerumeruprabhidā maheśo dvidhā'vadat kumbhamidhādimophalaḥ || na vardhaydrodhamatho susaṁyamaṁ kṛtaṁ yathāśakti cireṇa siddhidaḥ || 40 || amumabhyasataḥ pumso naisargikamerusambhūtiḥ | babhubhiḥ kālair bhūyāt aganyapuṇyaiḥ parāsumateḥ || 41 || tasya tribhūmikatvaṁ cirakālābhyāsato bhūyāt | dvādaśa naisargikato hyadhikāśced daivayogena || 42 || mātrā prathamabhuvi syurdattātreyo'bravīt dravībhāve | asyā dviguṇaṁ kampaṁ triguṇaṁ utthāpikāṁ yoge || 43 ||
Translation
There are three stages of development with its prolonged practice. The first stage (natural) consists of twelve (Matras), one may have more (stages) by good luck.A Yogi gets perspiration on the first stage (12 Matras) according to Dattatreya. (In the second stage of) 24 Matras one experiences tremors, (while in the third stage of) 36 Matras one levitates.
The Parichaya-Avastha
Śāstra Pramāṇa - शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 60
ततः परिचयावस्था योगिनोऽभ्यासतो भवेत् ।
यदा वायुश्चन्द्रसूर्यौ त्यक्त्वा तिष्ठति निश्चलम् ॥
वायुः परिचितो वायुः सुषुम्ना व्योम्नि संचरेत् ॥ ६० ॥
tataḥ paricayāvasthā Yogino'bhyāsato bhavet | yadā vāyuścandrasūryam tyaktvā tiṣṭhati niścalam || vāyuḥ paricito vāyuḥ suṣumnā vyomni saṁcaret || 60 ||
Translation
After this, through exercise, the Yogi reaches the Parichaya-avastha. When the air leaving the sun and moon (the right and the left nostrils), remains unmoved and steady in the ether of the tube sushumna, then it is in the parichaya state.
Benefits of Pranayama
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण
Yoga-Chudamani Upanishad
(116-119)
प्राणायामेन युक्तेन सर्वरोगक्षयो भवेत् ।
प्राणायामवियुक्तेभ्यः सर्वरोगसमुद्भवः ॥ ११६ ॥
हिक्का कासस्तथा श्वासः शिरःकर्णाक्षिवेदनाः ।
भवन्ति विविधा रोगाः पवनव्यत्ययक्रमात् ॥ ११७ ॥
यथा सिंहो गजो व्याघ्रो भवेद्वश्यः शनैः शनैः ।
तथैव सेवितो वायुरन्यथा हन्ति साधकम् ॥ ११८ ॥
युक्तंयुक्तं त्यजेद्वायुं युक्तंयुक्तं प्रपूरयेत् ।
युक्तंयुक्तं प्रबध्नीयादेवं सिद्धिमवाप्नुयात् ॥ ११९ ॥
prāṇāyāmena yuktena sarvarogakṣayo bhavet |
prāṇāyāmaviyuktebhyaḥ sarvarogasamudbhavaḥ || 116 ||
hikkā kāsastathā śvāsaḥ śiraḥkarṇākṣivedanāḥ |
bhavanti vividhā rogāḥ pavanavyatyayakramāt || 117 ||
yathā siṁho gajo vyāghro bhavedvaśyaḥ śanaiḥ śanaiḥ |
tathaiva sevito vāyuranyathā hanti sādhakam || 118 ||
yuktaṁyuktaṁ tyajedvāyuṁ yuktaṁyuktaṁ prapūrayet |
yuktaṁyuktaṁ prabadhnīyādevaṁ siddhimavāpnuyāt || 119 ||
Translation For him who is possessed of Pranayama, there will be the destruction of all diseases. For those devoid of Pranayama, there will be the generation of all diseases. Hiccup, Asthma, hard breathing, diseases of the head, ears and eyes and various kinds of (other) diseases are generated out of the ill-regulation of the vital air. Even as the lion, the elephant and the tiger get tamed by slow stages, even so the vital air that is well regulated; otherwise it kills the practitioner. One should leave off the vital air according to exigencies, should fill it in according to exigencies, should hold it bound according to exigencies; and by so doing will finally achieve success.

Qualities of Yogic Body
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण
Shiva Samhita 31
प्रौढवन्हिः सुभोगी च सुखीसर्वाङ्गसुन्दरः ।
सम्पूर्णहृदयो योगी सर्वोत्साहबलान्वितः ॥
जायते योगिनोऽवश्यमेतत्सर्वं कलेवरे ॥ ३१ ॥
prauḍhavanhiḥ subhogī ca sukhīsarvāṅgasundaraḥ |
sampūrṇahṛadayo yogī sarvotsāhabalānvitaḥ ||
jāyate Yogino'vaśyametatsarvaṃ kalevare || 31 ||
Translation The following qualities are surely always found in the bodies of every Yogi: Strong appetite, good digestion, cheerfulness, handsome figure, great courage, mighty enthusiasm and full strength.
Benefits of Pranayama and purifying the nadis Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Yogatattvopanishad 44-46
एवं मासत्रयाभ्यासान्नाडीशुद्धिस्ततो भवेत् ।
यदा तु नाडीशुद्धिः स्यात् तदा चिह्नानि बाह्यतः ॥ ४४ ॥
evam māsatrayābhyāsānnāḍīśuddhistato bhavet |
yadā tu nāḍīśuddhiḥ syāt tadā cihnāni bāhyataḥ || 44 ||
जायन्ते योगिनो देहे तानि वक्ष्याम्यशेषतः ।
शरीरलघुता दीप्तिर्जाठराग्निविवर्धनम् ॥ ४५ ॥
jāyante Yogino dehe tāni vakṣyāmyaśeṣataḥ |
śarīralaghutā dīptirjāṭharāgnivivardhanam || 45 ||
कृशत्वं च शरीरस्य तदा जायेत निश्चितम् ।
kṛśatvaṃ ca śarīrasya tadā jāyeta niścitam |
Translation By practicing thus for three months, the purification of the Nadis will result therefrom. When the purification of the Nadis is attained, then will external symptoms arise in the body of the Yogin. I shall relate them in their entirety: Lightness of the body, lustre, the rousing of the Jatharagni (increase of digestive power) and shiness of the body; these will surely result then.
Haṭhapradīpikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 4, Verse 15)
यदा नाडीशुद्धिः स्यात् तदा चिह्नानि बाह्यतः ॥
कायस्य कृशता कान्तिर् जायते निश्चितं तथा ॥ १५ ॥
yadā nāḍīśuddhiḥ syāt tadā cihnāni bāhyataḥ ||
kāyasya kṛśatā kāntir jāyate niścitaṃ tathā || 15 ||
When the nāḍīs are purified, the external signs surely appear, such as slimness of the body and lustre. 15

pranayama
Purification of the nadis and experience of bliss
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Sandilyopanishad VII 8-10
यथेष्टधारणं वायोरनलस्य प्रदीपनम् ।
नादाभिव्यक्तिरारोग्यं जायते नाडिशोधनात् ॥ ८ ॥
विधिवत् प्राणसंयामैर्नाडीचक्रे विशोधिते ।
सुषुम्नावदनं भित्त्वा सुखाद्विशति मारुतः ॥ ९ ॥
मारुते मध्यसंचारे मनःस्थैर्य प्रजायते ।
यो मनःसुस्थिरीभावः सैवावस्था मनोन्मनी ॥ १० ॥
yatheṣṭadhāraṇaṁ vāyoranalasya pradīpanam |
nādābhivyaktirārogyaṁ jāyate nāḍīśodhanāt || 8 ||
vidhivat prāṇasaṁyāmairnāḍīcakre viśodhite |
suṣumnāvadanaṁ bhittvā sukhādviśati mārutaḥ || 9 ||
mārute madhyasaṁcāre manaḥsthairyaṁ prajāyate |
yo manaḥsusthirībhāvaḥ saivāvasthā manonmanī || 10 ||
Translation Holding the breath as long as desired, the rousing of the fire, the manifestation of the Nada, and freedom from disease: from the purification of the Nadi-s (the above consequences) are produced. When the plexus of the Nadi-s is purified by Pranayama (rarefaction of breath) as prescribed in the rules, the vital air enters freely, after bursting through the mouth of the Susumna Nadi. When the vital air courses through the middle (of the Susumna), there is generated the fixity of the mind. The state of intense fixity of the mind; that alone will be the ecstatic state of the mind.
Haṭhapradīpikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 4, Verse 29)
विधिवत् प्राणसंयामैर् नाडीचक्रे विशोधिते ॥
सुषुम्नावदनं भित्वा सुखाद् विशति मारुतः ॥२९॥
vidhivat prāṇasaṁyāmair nāḍīcakre viśodhite ||
suṣumnāvadanaṁ bhitvā sukhād viśati mārutaḥ || 29 ||
When the group of nāḍīs is purified through prescribed practice of prāṇāyāma, prāṇa easily pierces and enters the opening of suṣumnā. 29
Effect of Pranayama, Dharana, Pratyahara, Dhyana
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण
Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama.
Yoga Pada 16
प्राणायामैर्दहेद्दोषान् धारणाभिस्तु किल्बिषअम् ।
प्रत्याहारेण संसर्गान् ध्यानेनान् श्वरान् गुणान् ॥१६॥
pra'n.a'ya'mair dahed dos''a'n dharan.a'bhistu kilbis"am || 16 pratya'ha'ren.a samsarga'n dhya'nena'nas'vara'n gun.a'n |
Translation
By the practice of Pranayama, the sadhaka incinerates all the defilements. By Dharana, he annihilates all of his sinful effects. By Pratyahara, he maintains himself completely free from the negative thoughts and vices. And by Dhyana, he becomes capable of nullifying the effects of even those qualities which do not decay.
Achieving union with Shiva through such practice
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण
Srimat Sarvajnanottra Agama.
Yoga Pada 14
अविनाभाव संयुक्तो ज्योतीरूपं सुनिर्मलम् ॥ १४
सुसूक्ष्मं व्यापकं नित्यं निर्विकल्पं सदा बुधः ।
avina'bha'va samyukto jyoti'ru'pam sunirmalam || 14 susu'ks''mam vya'pakam nityam nirvikalpam sada'budhah
Translation
Through the continued practice of such discipline, the sadhaka becomes capableof establishing himself in unfailing and inseparable union with the luminous formwhich is extremely subtle, pervasive, eternal and immutable.
Pranayama destroys Karma (of this and past lifetimes)
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 49
पूर्वार्जितानि कर्माणि प्राणायामेन निश्चितम् ।
नाशयेत्साधको धीमानिहलोकोद्भवानि च ॥ ४९ ॥
pūrvārjitāni karmāṇi prāṇāyāmena niścitam | nāśayetsādhako dhīmānihalokodbhavāni ca || 49 ||
Translation
The wise practitioner surely destroys all his Karma, whether acquired in its life or in the past, through the regulation of breath.
Sixteen Pranayamas to destroy the virtues and vices from past lifes
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 50
पूर्वार्जितानि पापानि पुण्यानि विविधानि च ।
नाशयेत्षोडशप्राणायामेन योगि पुंगवः ॥ ५० ॥
pūrvārjitāni pāpāni puṇyāni vividhāni ca | nāśyetṣoḍaśaprāṇāyāmena Yogī puṁgavaḥ || 50 ||
Translation
The great Yogi destroys by sixteen Pranayamas the various virtues and vices accumulated in his past life.
| Pranayama destroys sins and bonds of good or bad actions Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 51 | पापतूलचयानाहोप्रदहेत्प्रलयाग्निना । ततः पापविनिर्मुक्तः पश्चात्पुण्यानि नाशयेत् ॥ ५१ ॥ pāpatūlacayānāhopradahetpralyāgninā | tataḥ pāpavinirmuktaḥ paścātpuṇyāni nāśayet | 51 | Translation This Pranayama destroys sin, as fire burns away a heap of cotton; it makes the Yogi free from sin; next it destroys the bonds of all his good actions. | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| When Yogi moves freely through the Three Worlds Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 52 | प्राणायामेन योगीन्द्रो लब्ध्वैश्वर्याष्टकानि वै । पापपुण्योदधिं तीर्त्वा त्रैलोक्यचरतामियात् ॥ ५२ ॥ prāṇāyāmena yogīndro labdhvaiśvaryāṣṭakāni vai | pāpapuṇyodadhiṁ tīrtvā trailokyacaratāmiyāt | 52 | Translation The mighty Yogi having attained, through Pranayama, the eight sorts of psychic powers, and having crossed the ocean of virtue and vice, moves about freely through the three worlds. | ||||||
| Increase of duration of Pranayama leading to powers Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 53 | ततोऽभ्यासक्रमेणैव घटिकात्रितयं भवेत् । येन् स्यात्सकलासिद्धि येगिनः स्वेप्सिता ध्रुवम् ॥ ५३ ॥ tato'bhyāsakrameṇaiva ghaṭikātrīyatam bhavet | yen syātsakalāsiddhi yoginaḥ svepsitā dhruvam | 53 | Translation Then gradually he should make himself able to practice for three gharis (one hour and a half at a time, he should be able to restrain breath for that period). Through this, the Yogi undoubtedly obtains all the longed for powers. | ||||||
| Powers acquired by the Yogi Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 54 | वाक्सिद्धिः कामचारित्वं दूरदृष्टिस्तथैव च । दूरश्रुतिः सूक्ष्मदृष्टिः परकायप्रवेशनम् ॥ विरामूत्रलेपने स्वर्णमदृश्यकरणं तथा । भवन्त्येतानि सर्वाणि खेचरत्वं च योगिनाम् ॥ ५४ ॥ vāksiddhiḥ kāmacāritvaṁ dūradṛṣṭistathaiva ca | dūraśrutiḥ sūkṣmadṛṣṭiḥ parakāyapraveśanam | vīrāmūtralepane svarṇamadraśyakaraṇaṁ tathā | bhavantyetāni sarvāṇi khecaratvaṁ ca Yoginām | 54 | Translation The Yogi acquires the following powers: vakya siddhi (prophecy), transporting himself everywhere at will (kamachari), clairvoyance (duradristhi), clairaudience (durashruti), subtle-sight (shushma-drishti), and the power of entering another's body (parakaypravesana), turning base metals to gold by rubbing them with hisexcrements and urine, and the power of becoming invisible, and lastly, moving in the air. |
pranayama
The Ghata Avasta states reached by Yogi through Pranayama
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 55
यदा भवेद्धटावस्था पवनाभ्यासने परा ।
तदा संसारचक्रेऽस्मिन्नास्ति यन्न संधारयेत् ॥ ५५ ॥
yadā bhaveddhaṭāvasthā pavanābhyāsane parā |
tadā saṁsāracakre'sminnāsti yanna saṁdhārayet || 55 ||
Translation When, by the practice of Pranayama, the Yogi reaches the state of ghata (water-jar), then for him there is nothing in this circle of universe which he cannot accomplish.
Ghata Avasta described
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 56
प्राणापाननादबिन्दुजीवात्मपरमात्मनः ।
मिलित्वा घटते यस्मात्तस्माद्वै घट उच्यते ॥ ५६ ॥
prāṇāpānanādabindujīvātmaparamātmanaḥ |
militvā ghaṭate yasmāttasmādvai ghaṭa ucyate || 56 ||
Translation The ghata is said to be that state in which the prana and the apana vayus, the nada and the bindu, the jivatma (the Human Spirit) and the Paramatma (the Universal Spirit) combine and co-operate.
Pratyahara when Kumbaka for three hours
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 57
याममात्रं यदा धर्तुं समर्थः स्यात्तदाद्भुतः ।
प्रत्याहारस्तदैव स्यान्नांतरा भवति ध्रुवम् ॥ ५७ ॥
yāmamātrāmaṁ yadā dhartuṁ samarthaḥ syāttadādbhutaḥ |
pratyāhārastadaiva syānnāṁtarā bhavati dhruvam || 57 ||
Translation When he gets the power of holding breath (i.e., to be in trance) for three hours, then certainly the wonderful state of Pratyahara is reached without fail.
Yogi balance himself on his
thumb (due to Advanced
Kumbaka)
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 59
याममात्रं यदा पूर्णं भवेदभ्यासयोगतः ।
एकवारं प्रकुर्वीत तदा योगी च कुम्भकम् ॥
दण्डाष्टकं यदा वायुर्निश्चलो योगिनो भवेत् ।
स्वसामर्थ्यात्तदांगुष्ठे तिष्ठेद्वातुलवत्सुधीः ॥ ५९ ॥
yāmamātraṁ yadā pūrṇaṁ bhavedabhyāsayogataḥ |
ekavāraṁ prakurvīta tadā yogī ca Kumbhakam ||
daṇḍāṣṭakaṁ yadā vāyurniścalo Yogino bhavet |
svasāmarthyāttadāṁguṣṭhe tiṣṭhedvātulavatsudhīḥ || 59 ||
Translation When, through, great practice, the Yogi can perform one Kumbhaka for full three hours, when for eight dandas (3 hours) the breathing of the Yogi is suspended, then that wise one can balance himself on his thumb; but he appears to others as insane.


Yogi acquires knowledge of Vayu-Sadhana
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 68
इदानीं क्लेशहान्यर्थं वक्तव्यं वायुसाधनम् ।
येन संसारचक्रेस्मिन् भोगहानिर्भवेद् ध्र वम् ॥
idānīm kleśahānyartham vaktavyam vāyusādhanam |
yena samsāracakreṣmin bhogahānirbhaved dhra vam ||
Translation Now we have described the management of the air in order to remove the troubles (which await the Yogi): through this knowledge of vayu-sadhana vanish all sufferings and enjoyments in the circle of this universe.
Yogi destroys fatigue, fever, decay, old age and injuries by drinking Ambrosial Air
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 71
सरसं यः पिबेद्वायुं प्रत्यहं विधिना सुधीः ।
नश्यन्ति योगिनस्तस्य श्रमदाहजरामयाः ॥ ७१ ॥
sarasam yaḥ pibedvāyum pratyaham vidhinā sudhīḥ |
naśyanti Yoginastasya śramadāhajarāmayāḥ || 71 ||
Translation The wise Yogi, who daily drinks the ambrosial air, according to proper rules, destroys fatigue, burning (fever), decay and old age, and injuries.
Practice of Pranayama yields benefits
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 57
रुकस्त्यानादिनवान्तरायक Frankुषे चित्तेऽत्र विक्षेपजा
दुःखाद्याः खलु पञ्च ते तनुभृतः स्युः संयमस्यारयः
मैत्र्यादेः परिभावनेन तु कलौ चित्तप्रसादः क्वचित्
प्राणाभ्यासत ईरणस्य विजयो योगः स्वमीड्यो भवेत् ॥ ८ ॥
rukstyānādinavāntarāyakaluṣe citte'tra vikṣepajā
duḥkhādyāḥ khalu pañca te tanubhṛtaḥ syuḥ samyamasyārayaḥ
maitryādeḥ paribhāvanena tu kalau cittaprasādaḥ kvacit
prāṇābhyāsata īraṇasya vijayo Yogaḥ svamīḍyo bhavet || 8 ||
Translation The nine antarayas like disease, languour, etc. defile the citta. The set of five like duhkha etc. arise from viksepa (disturbance of mind). These are the enemies of a person in the path of Samyama. In this Kaliyuga pacification of the citta may be attained by assuming the attitude (bhavana) of maitri, etc. Through the practice of Pranayama, one controls prana and becomes respectable.
Yogis reduce heart rate
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Yoga-rahasya of Srinatha-muni 1.57
श्वासोच्छ्वासगतीरेताः सर्वेषां प्रायशः समाः ।
प्राणायामेन ताः संख्याः संकोच्या योगिना सदा ॥
śvāsocchvāsagatīretāḥ sarveṣāṁ prāyaśaḥ samāḥ |
prāṇāyāmena tāḥ saṁkhyāḥ saṁkocyā Yoginā sadā ||
Translation The respiratory rate is generally the same for everyone. Yogis reduce this rate through the practice of Pranayama.
Impurities of senses melted away though Pranayama
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Yoga-rahasya of Srinatha-muni 1.56
दह्यन्ते ध्मायमानानां धातूनांहि यथामलाः ।
प्राणायामैस्तु दह्यन्ते तदेन्द्रियजा मलाः
dahyante dhmāyamānānāṁ dhātūnāṁhi yathāmalāḥ |
prāṇāyāmaistu dahyante tadendriyajā malāḥ ||
Translation During the practice of asanas, movement of the breath must be regulated. Just like the impurities in metals are burnt away by heat when melted, so also the impurities born out of the senses are burnt away through the practice of Pranayama.
Poised state of mind is called Manonmani
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Haṭhapradīpikā of Svātmārāma
(Chapter 4, Verse 30-31)
मारुते मध्यसञ्चारे मनःस्थैर्यं प्रजायते ॥
यो मनःसुस्थिरीभावः सैषावस्था मनोन्मनी ॥३०॥
mārute madhyasañcāre manaḥsthairyaṁ prajāyate ||
yo manaḥsusthirībhāvaḥ saiṣāvasthā manonmanī || 30 ||
तत्सिद्धये विधानज्ञाश्चित्रान् कुर्वन्ति कुम्भकान् ॥
विचित्रकुम्भकाभ्यासाद् विचित्रां सिद्धिमाप्नुयात् ॥३१॥
tatsiddhaye vidhānajñāścitrān kurvanti kumbhakān ||
vicitrakumbhakābhyāsād vicitrāṁ siddhimāpnuyāt || 31 ||
Translation Mind becomes poised, as the prāṇa moves in the middle path (suṣumnā). The poised state of mind is called manonmanī. 30.To attain such a state (manonmanī), the adepts (of Yoga) practise various Kumbhakas. Surprising results can be achieved by practicing various Kumbhakas. 31.
Pranayama brings success in Yoga
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Haṭhapradīpikā of Svātmārāma
(Chapter 4, Verse 2)
षट्कर्मनिर्गतस्थौल्यकफमेदोमलादिकः ॥
प्राणायामं ततः कुर्यादनायासेन सिध्यति ॥२॥
ṣaṭkarmanirgatasthaulya-kaphamedomalādikaḥ ||
prāṇāyāmaṁ tataḥ kuryādanāyāsena sidhyati || 2 ||
Translation Practice of prāṇāyāma brings about an easy success, after removing the impurities, such as fat and phlegm, through the practice of ṣaṭ-karmas. 2.
Detox with Pranayama
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Haṭhapradīpikā of Svātmārāma
(Chapter 4, Verse 3)
प्राणायामैरेव सर्वं प्रशुष्यति मलाकुलम् ॥
आचार्याणां तु केषाञ्चिद् अन्यत्कर्म न सम्मतम् ॥३॥
prāṇāyāmaireva sarvaṁ praśuṣyati malākulam ||
ācāryāṇāṁ tu keṣāñcid anyatkarma na sammatam || 3 ||
Translation The host of impurities certainly gets dried up through prāṇāyāma. According to some teachers, there is no need for other practices. 3.
Attain perfection
through Pranayama
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Haṭhapradīpikā of Svātmārāma
(Chapter 4, Verse 4)
ब्रह्मादयोऽपि त्रिदशाः पवनाभ्यासतत्पराः ॥
तेन सिद्धिं गतास्ते च तस्मात् पवनम् अभ्यसेत् ॥४॥
brahmādayo'pi tridaśāḥ pavanābhyāsatatparāḥ ||
tena siddhiṁ gatāste ca tasmāt pavanam abhyaset || 4 ||
Translation Even the deities like Brahmā and others attained perfection through the consistent practice of prāṇāyāma. Therefore, one should practice prāṇāyāma. 4.
Calm your mind
with Pranayama
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Haṭhapradīpikā of Svātmārāma
(Chapter 4, Verse 5)
चले वाते चलं चित्तं निश्चलं दृढबन्धने ॥
योगी स्थाणुत्वम् आप्नोति ततो वायुं निबन्धयेत् ॥ ५ ॥
cale vāte calaṁ cittaṁ niścalaṁ dṛḍhabandhane ||
yogī sthāṇutvam āpnoti tato vāyuṁ nibandhayet || 5 ||
Translation Mind becomes active as the breathing increases. When breath is controlled, mind becomes steady. To attain mental stability, a Yogī should practice prāṇāyāma. 5.

Pranayama overcomes death
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Haṭhapradīpikā of Svātmārāma
(Chapter 4, Verse 6)
यावद् वायुः स्थितो देहे तावद् जीवो न मुञ्चति ॥
मरणं वायुनिष्क्रान्तिस् ततो वायुं निबन्धयेत् ॥ ६ ॥
yāvad vāyuḥ sthito dehe tāvad jīvo na muñcati ||
maraṇaṁ vāyuniṣkrāntis tato vāyuṁ nibandhayet || 6 ||
Translation The jīva (embodied soul) does not leave the body so long as prāṇa remains. Death means exit of prāṇa. Therefore, prāṇa should be controlled. 6.
The attitude while doing Pranayama
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Haṭhapradīpikā of Svātmārāma
(Chapter 4, Verse 7)
प्राणाभ्यासं ततः कुर्यान्-नित्यं सात्विकया धिया ॥
यथा सुखम् अवस्थाय मलाः शोषं प्रयान्ति च ॥ ७ ॥
prāṇābhyāsaṁ tataḥ kuryān-nityaṁ sātvikayā dhiyā ||
yathā sukham avasthāya malāḥ śoṣaṁ prayānti ca || 7 ||
Translation One should undertake regular practice of prāṇāyāma with pious attitude. Thus, one gets rid of the impurities and attains (deep) sense of well being. 7.
Deep cleanse with Prāṇāyāma
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Haṭhapradīpikā of Svātmārāma
(Chapter 4, Verse 9)
प्राणायामो भवत्येव पातकेन्धनपावकः ॥
भवोदधिमहासेतुः प्रोच्यते योगिभिः सदा ॥ ९ ॥
prāṇāyāmo bhavatyeva pātakendhanapāvakaḥ ||
bhavodadhimahāsetuḥ procyate Yogibhiḥ sadā || 9 ||
Translation Practice of prāṇāyāma certainly removes the sins, as fire burns the wood. Yogis say that it forms a great bridge to cross the ocean of worldly sufferings. 9.
Stay centered and beyond fear
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Haṭhapradīpikā of Svātmārāma
(Chapter 4, Verse 28)
यावद् बद्धो मरुद् देहे तावच्चित्तम् निरामयम् ॥
यावद् दृष्टिर् भ्रुवोर्मध्ये तावत्कालभयं कुतः ॥ २८ ॥
yāvad baddho marud dehe tāvaccittam nirāmayam ||
yāvad dṛṣṭir bhruvormadhye tāvatkālabhayaṁ kutaḥ || 28 ||
Translation Mind remains poised, so long as prāṇa is controlled in the body. Fear of death (kāla) will not arise, so long as the gaze is fixed at the center of the eyebrows. 28
The Flowering of the practice of Pranayama
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Goraksh Paddhati (2, 6-9)
अधमे चोद्यते धर्मः कम्पनो भवति मध्यमे ।
उत्तिष्ठत्युत्तमे योगी ततो वायुं निरोधयेत् ॥ ६ ॥
बद्धपद्मासनो योगी नमस्कृत्य गुरुं शिवम् ।
भ्रुमध्ये दृष्टि रेकाकी प्राणायामं समभ्यसेत् ॥ ७ ॥
ऊर्ध्वमाकृष्य चापानवायुं प्राणे नियोजयेत् ।
ऊर्ध्वमानीयते शक्त्या सर्वपापैः प्रमुच्यते ॥ ८ ॥
द्वाराणां नवकं निरुद्ध्य मरुतं पीत्वा दृढं धारितं
नीत्वाकाशमपानवन्हिसहितं शक्त्या समुच्चालितम् ॥
आत्मस्थानयुतस्त्वनेन विधिवद्दित्यस्य मूर्ध्नि ध्रुवं
यावत्तिष्ठति तावदेव महतां संघेन संघेन संस्तूयते ॥ ९ ॥
adhame codyate dharmaḥ kampo bhavati madhyame |
uttiṣṭhatyuttme yogī tato vāyuṁ nirodhayet || 6 ||
baddhapadmāsano yogī namaskṛtya guruṁ śivaṁ |
bhrumadhye dṛṣṭi rekākī prāṇāyāmaṁ samabhyaset || 7 ||
ūrdhvamākṛṣya cāpānavāyuṁ prāṇe niyojayet |
ūrdhvamānīyate śaktyā sarvapāpaiḥ prabhucyate || 8 ||
dvārāṇāṁ navakaṁ niruddhaya marutaṁ pītvā dṛḍhaṁ dhāritaṁ
nītvākāśamapānavanhisahitaṁ śakttayā samuccālitam ||
ātmasthānayutastvanena vidhivaddhinyasya mūrdhni dhruvaṁ
yāvatiṣṭhati tāvadeva mahatāṁ saṁdhena saṁdhena saṁstuyate || 9 ||
Translation In the lower [stage], the "substance" (Dharma) [i.e., sweat] is forced out; in the middle [stage] there is trembling; in the superior [stage] the Yogin rises [from the ground]. Hence he should [carefully] restrain the air (vāyu). (2.6) The Yogin, [seated in] the bound lotus posture and saluting the teacher and Shiva, should practice breath control in solitude (ekānta), with his gaze on the middle between the brows. (2.7) Drawing up the apāna air, he should unite it with the prāna. When it is led upward with the [Kundalini] power, he is released from all sins. (2.8) Having closed the nine gates (dvāra) [i.e., the openings of the body], having sucked in the air and holding it firmly, having conducted it to the "space" (ākāsha) [of the heart?] together with the apāna and the [abdominal] fire (vahni), starting up the [Kundalini] power and placing it in the head, for sure according to this rule, as long as [the Yogin who is] joined with the abode of the Self [at the crown center] remains [thus], he is praised by the host of the great ones. (2.9)
Pranayama Multifold Benefits Leading to the Power of Immortality
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.11.2
मूर्च्छाङ्गतो हरति रोगसङ्घमद्धाबद्धः
करोति गगने गमनं नराणाम् ।
वातोऽमृती वितनुतेऽमरतां समस्तम्
अभ्यासतः सुलभमेव समीरणस्य ॥ २ ॥
mūrcchāṅgato harati rogasamhamaddhābaddhaḥ
karoti gagane gamanam narāṇāṁ |
vāto'mṛto vitanute'maratāṁ samastam
abhyāsataḥ sulabhameva samīraṇasya || 2 ||
Translation Practice of Pranayama renders prana invariably inactive which removes diseases, stabilizes prana which takes one to gagana (brahmarandhra) and causes prana secreting ambrosia which leads one to immortality.
Pranayama removes the host of Bodily Impurities
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.11.3
अदाह्यं सत् स्वर्णं धमितमनले याति न लयम्
भुवि न्यस्तो वज्राद्यखिलविषयः शीर्यति चिरम् ॥
इदं सर्वं सूतो दहनमुखगो जारयति वै
तथा प्राणोऽभ्यासानलवलवलीपुद्गलमलान् ॥ ३ ॥
adāhyaṁ sat svarṇaṁ dhamitamanale yāti na layam
bhuvi nyasto vajrādyakhilaviṣayaḥ śīryati ciram ||
idaṁ sarvaṁ sūto dahanamukhago jārayati vai
tathā prāṇo'bhyāsānalavalavalīpudgalamalān || 3 ||
Translation Even though gold is put in fire, it does not perish. While hard objects like stones etc. would perish lying idle on earth for long. Just as all the (impurities of) mercury are destroyed when it is subjected to fire, similarly, fire generated by the practice of Pranayama removes the host of bodily impurities.
Pranayama leads to Dharana and Dhyana
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Nathamuni Yoga Rahasya I.99
धारणास्मृतिसन्ताने प्राणायामात् भवन्ति हि ।
इति समान्यतो ज्ञेयः सफलः प्राणसंयमः ॥
dhāraṇāssmṛtisantāne prāṇāyāmāt bhavanti hi |
iti samānyato jñeyaḥ saphalaḥ prāṇasamyamaḥ ||
Translation Through Pranayama, Dharana and Dhyanam indeed happen. Thus, the regulation of breath is always known to be fruitful.
Benefits of Sagarbha Pranayama
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Nathamuni Yoga Rahasya I.98
सगर्भः चित्तचाञ्चल्यं विनाशयति सत्वरम् ।
आयुर्वृद्धिसत्वशुद्धी रोगनिवृत्तिरेव च ॥
sagarbhaḥ cittacāñcalyaṃ vināśayati satvaram |
āyurvṛddhissatvaśuddhī roganivṛttireva ca || 98 ||
Translation Sagarbha Pranayama destroys very quickly the agitation of the mind, increases life span, cleans the mind of heaviness and also remove illness.
Chandra Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 120
द्वासप्तति-सहस्राणां नाडीनां मल-शोधनम् ।
यथेष्टं धारणं वायोर-विकाराभाव एव च ॥ १२० ॥
dvāsaptati-sahasrāṇāṃ nāḍīnāṃ mala-śodhanam |
yatheṣṭaṃ dhāraṇaṃ vāyor-vikārābhāva eva ca || 120 ||
Translation This practice results in hearing of mystical sounds, slimness of the body, feeling of wellbeing, increase in gastric fire, clarity of vision, lustrous face, control of bindu, purification of all the seventy-two thousand nadis and capacity to retain breath willfully and absence of all the disorders of vata humour.

pranayama
On breathing techniques: Surya Bedha - The Disease Killer
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Sikhopanishad 91-92
सूर्यनाड्या समाकृष्य वायुमभ्यासयोगिना । विधिवत्
कुम्भकं कृत्वा रेचयेच्छीतरश्मिना ॥ ९१ ॥
उदरे बहुरोगघ्नं क्रिमिदोषं निहन्ति च ।
मुहुर्मुहुरिदं कार्यं सूर्यभेदमूदाहृतम् ॥ ९२ ॥
sūryanāḍyā samākṛṣya vāyumabhyāsaYoginā |
vidhivat Kumbhakaṁ kṛtvā recayecchītaraśminā || 91 ||
udare bahurogaghnaṁ krimidoṣaṁ nihanti ca |
muhurmuhuridaṁ kāryaṁ sūryabhedamudāhṛtam || 92 ||
Translation By the practicing Yogin should be drawn in the vital air through the Solar Nadi. After performing Kumbhaka as prescribed in the rule, he should expel (it) through the lunar (Nadi). This, which kills many a disease of the belly and extirpates the malignant influence due to (intestinal) worms, should often and often be performed and is known as Surya-bheda (breaking through the Solar Nadi).
The Surya Kumbhaka -
A Powerful Purifying Technique
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Kundali-Upanishad | 22-26
पवित्रे निर्जने देशे शर्करादिविवर्जिते ।
धनुःप्रमाणपर्यन्ते शीताग्निजलावर्जिते ॥ २२ ॥
पवित्रे नात्युच्चनीचे ह्यासने सुखदे सुखे ।
बद्धपद्मासनं कृत्वा सरस्वत्यास्तु चालनम् ॥ २३ ॥
दक्षनाड्या समाकृष्य बहिष्ठं पवनं शनैः ।
यथेष्टं पूरयेद्वायुं रेचयेदिडया ततः ॥ २४ ॥
कपालशोधने वापि रेचयेत् पवनं शनैः ।
चतुष्कं वातदोषं तु कृमिदोषं निहन्ति च ॥ २५ ॥
पुनः पुनरिदं कार्यं सूर्यभेदमुदाहृतम् ।
pavitre nirjane deśe śarkarādivivarjite |
dhanuḥpramāṇaparyante śītāgnijalavarjite || 22 ||
pavitre nātyuccanīce hyāsane sukhade sukhe |
baddhapadmāsanaṁ kṛtvā sarasvatyāstu cālanam || 23 ||
dakṣanāḍyā samākṛṣya bahiṣṭhaṁ pavanaṁ śanaiḥ |
yatheṣṭaṁ pūrayedvāyuṁ recayedīḍayā tataḥ ||24 ||
kapālaśodhane vāpi recayet pavanaṁ śanaiḥ |
catuṣkaṁ vātadoṣaṁ tu kṛmidoṣaṁ nihanti ca || 25 ||
punaḥ punaridaṁ kāryaṁ sūryabhedamudāhṛtam |
Translation
In a hallowed and secluded spot devoid of pebbles and the like, which is within the ambit of a bow (in extent), devoid of chillness, fire and water, sacred, on a seat neither high nor low, which gives comfort and is easy to take, assuming the baddha-padmasana posture, and with the rousing of the Sarasvati, slowly drawing in the external air through the right Nadi one should fill-in the air as much as could be desired and then expel it through the Ida or drive up the air slowly for purifying the skull.
This destroys the four kinds of disorders arising out of Vata and also intestinal worms. This should be practiced again and again and is known as the Surya variety.
pranayama
Purify the cranium with Surya Kumbhaka
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Sandilya Upanishad VII 13-1
सुखासनस्थो दक्षनाड्या बहिस्यं पवनं
समाकृष्याकेशामानखाग्रं कुम्भयित्वा सव्यनाड्या रेचयेत् ।
तेनकपालशोधनं वातनाडीगतरर्वरोगविनाशनं भवति ॥ १३-१ ॥
sukhāsanastho dakṣanāḍyā bahisthaṃ pavanaṃ samākṛṣyākeśamānakhāgraṃ kumbhayitvā savyanāḍyā recayet | tenakapālaśodhanaṃ vātanāḍīgatasarvarogavināśanaṃ bhavati || 13-1 ||
Translation
(The Yogin), assuming a comfortable posture, drawing in the air outside through the right (Pingala) Nadi and performing Kumbhaka, (till it reaches) as far as the roots of the hair and the tips of the nails, should expel it through the left (Ida) Nadi. By means of this, (are accomplished) the purification of the cranium and the destruction of the diverse diseases inherent in the Nadi-s, through which the vital air flows.
Sūrya and Candra Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 109
सूर्य-चन्द्राविमौ कुम्भौ द्रुहिणेन पुरोदितौ
अत्युष्ण-शीतलावैतौ देश-काल-प्रयोजितौ ॥ १०९ ॥
sūrya-candrāvimau kumbhau druhiṇena purodito auatyuṣṇa-śītalāvetau deśa-kāla-prayojitau || 109 ||
Translation
According to Druhiṇa (Śiva), these are called sūrya and candra Kumbhakas respectively. These being of the nature of heat and cold they should be practiced taking into consideration the region and season.
Benefit of Candra and Surya Kumbhakas
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 118
चन्द्रेण पित्त-दोषाणाम्-इतरेषां परेण तु
नाशः सर्वात्मना भूयात् त्रिभिर्-मासैर्-न साशया
candreṇa pitta-doṣāṇām-itareṣāṃ pareṇa tu nāśaḥ sarvātmanā bhūyāt tribhir-māsair-na sāśayāḥ
Translation
Candra (inhaling through left nostril) and holding alleviated vitiation of bile (pitta), while other (sūrya Kumbhaka) overcomes other (kapha and vāta) disorders in the three months, in which there is no doubt.
The Ujjayi Kumbhaka -
Easy technique to relieve
your cold!
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Kundali-Upanishad I 26-29
मुखं संयम्य नाडीभ्यामाकृष्य पवनं शनैः ॥ २६ ॥
यथा लगति कण्ठात्तु हृदयावधि सस्वनम् ।
पूर्ववत् कुम्भयेत् प्राणं रेचयेदिडया ततः ॥ २७ ॥
शीर्षोदितानलहरं गलश्लेष्महरं परम् ।
सर्वरोगहरं पुण्यं देहानलविवर्धनम् ॥ २८ ॥
नाडीजलोदरं धातुगतदोषविनाशनम् ।
gacchatastiṣṭhataḥ kāryamujjāyyākhyaṁ tu Kumbhakam ॥ २९ ॥
mukhaṁ saṁyamya nāḍībhyāmākṛṣya pavanaṁ śanaiḥ ||26 || yathā lagati kaṇṭhāttu hṛdayāvadhi sasvanam | pūrvavat kumbhayet prāṇaṁ recayediḍayā tataḥ || 27 || śīrṣoditānalaharaṁ galaśleṣmaharaṁ param | sarvarogaharaṁ puṇyaṁ dehānalavivardhanam || 28 || nāḍījalodaraṁ dhātugatadoṣavināśanam | gacchatastiṣṭhataḥ kāryamujjāyyākhyaṁ tu Kumbhakam || 29 ||
Translation With the mouth well under control, slowly drawing the air through the two Nadis (Ida and Pingala) in such a way that it may occupy the space from the throat up to the heart, making a noise, one should hold the vital air as before and then expel it through the Ida.
This meritorious and excellent practice removes the heat produced in the head, and phlegm of the neck and further, drives away all diseases and raises the warmth of the body; and destroys the dropsy of the Nadis and the disorders affecting the humours. This should be performed by one while moving and standing and is known as the Kumbhaka called Ujjayi.
Kumbhaka Paddadhi 131-132
मुखं नियम्य नाडीभ्याम्-आकृष्यासुं नियोजयेत् ।
कुण्डलि-पार्श्वयोः पश्चात् कुम्भयेद्-उदर-स्थितम् । १३१ ।
रेचयेद्-इडया वायुं गच्छन्-तिष्ठन्-यदा चरेत् ।
उज्जायी-कुम्भकः प्रोक्तः शिवेनाखिलवेदिना ॥ १३२ ॥
mukhaṁ niyamya nāḍībhyām-ākṛṣyāsuṁ niyojayet | kuṇḍalī-pārśvayoḥ paścāt kumbhayed-udara-sthitam | 131 | recayed-iḍayā vāyuṁ gacchan-tiṣṭhan-yadā caret | ujjāyī-Kumbhakaḥ proktaḥ śivenākhilavedinā || 132 ||
Closing the mouth one should inhale air through both the nostrils while holding it along the Kundalini and exhale through the left nostril. This is ujjayi-Kumbhaka stated by Shiva, which should be practiced all the time. 131This practice removes disorders of phlegm, dropsy, morbidity of the nadis and vitiation of the humours in the dhātus (bodily constituents), phlegmatic disorders of the throat and increased bodily fire and luster.132
Suryabheda in winter, Sitka or Sitali in summer
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 1)
तृषादाहपित्तश्रमघ्नीं च सीत्कां भजेच्छीतलीं साधको वा सदैव ॥
ज्वरादौ तथा ग्रीष्मकालेऽथ हैमे बुधः सूर्यभेदं कफे मारुते च ॥ १ ॥
tṛṣādāhapittaśramaghnīṃ ca sītkāṃ bhajecchītalīṃ sādhako vā sadaiva ||
jvarādau tathā grīṣmakāle'tha haime budhaḥ sūryabhedaṃ kaphe mārute ca || 1 ||
Translation A sadhaka should always practice Sitka or Sitali which would pacify thirst, burning, acidity and relieve fatigue. These may be practiced on the onset of fever, or in the summer. A wise would do well by practicing Suryabheda in the winter or when affected by phlegmatic or vata disorders.

pranayama
Sitali Kumbhaka - Remover of hunger and thirst
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Sikhopanishad 95-96
मुखेन वायुं संगृह्य घ्राणरन्ध्रेण रेचयेत् ॥ ९५ ॥
शीतलीकरणं चेदं हन्ति पित्तं क्षुधां तृषम् ।
शीतलीलक्षणमाह- मुखेनेति ॥ ९६ ॥
mukhena vāyuṃ saṃgṛhya ghrāṇarandhreṇa recayet || 95 ||
śītalīkaraṇaṃ cedaṃ hanti pittaṃ kṣudhāṃ tṛṣam |
śītalīlakṣaṇamāha- mukheneti || 96 ||
Translation Drawing in air through the mouth, (he) should expel (it) through the nostrils. This is performing the Sitali (Kumbhaka) and destroys bile, hunger and thirst.
Sitali-Kumbhaka - Great healing technique!
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Kundali-Upanishad 1.30-31
जिह्वया वायुमाकृष्य पूर्ववत् कुम्भकादनु ।
शनैस्तु घ्राणरन्ध्राभ्यां रेचयेदनिलं सुधीः ॥ ३० ॥
गुल्मप्लीहादिकान् दोषान् क्षयं पित्तं ज्वरं तृषाम् ।
विषाणि शीतली नाम कुम्भकोऽयं निहन्ति च ॥ ३१ ॥
vayā vāyumākṛṣya pūrvavat kumbhakādanu |
śanaistu ghrāṇarandhrābhyāṃ recayedanilaṃ sudhīḥ || 30 ||
gulmaplīhādikān doṣān kṣayaṃ pittaṃ jvaraṃ tṛṣām |
viṣāṇi śītalī nāma kumbhako'yaṃ nihanti ca || 31 ||
Translation The man of clear intellect should, after (performing) Kumbhaka as before, draw in the air: through the tongue and should slowly expel it through the two nostrils. Dyspepsia, enlargement of the spleen and the like disorders, consumption, biliousness, fever, thirst and poisons, this Kumbhaka known as Sitali kills.

Sitali Pranayama
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Darshanopanishad (VI.25-26)
जिह्वया वायुमाकृष्य यः पिबेत् सततं नरः ।
श्रमदाहविनिर्मुक्तो योगी नीरोगतामियात् ॥ २५ ॥
जिह्वया वायुमाकृष्य जिह्वामूले निरोधयेत् ।
पिबेदमृतमव्यग्रं सकलं सुखमाप्नुयात् ॥ २६ ॥
jihvayā vāyumākṛṣya yaḥ pibet satataṃ naraḥ |
|śramadāhavinirmukto yogī nīrogatāmiyāt || 25 ||
jihvayā vāyumākṛṣya jihvāmūle nirodhayet | pibedamṛtamavyagram sakalaṃ sukhamāpnuyāt || 26 ||
Translation He who always drinks air by inhaling it through the tongue, that Yogin will attain Immunity from disease, and of fatigue and thirst. He who should confine the air at the root of the tongue, after inhaling it by means of the tongue, will coolly drink the nectar of immortality and enjoy all happiness.
Sitali Kumbhaka
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Darshanopanishad VI.29
मासमात्रं त्रिसन्ध्यायां जिह्वयारोप्य मारुतम् ।
अमृतं च पिबन्नाभौ मन्दं मन्दं निरोधयेत् ॥ २९ ॥
वातजाः पित्तजा दोषा नश्यन्त्येव न संशयः ।
māsamātraṃ trisaṃdhyāyāṃ jihvayāropya mārutaṃ | amṛtaṃ ca pibannābhau mandaṃ mandaṃ nirodhayet || 29 || vātajāḥ pittajā doṣā naśyantyeva na saṃśayaḥ |
Translation If, during the three Samdhyas (twilights) for one full month, one should, after inhaling the air by means of the tongue, and drinking that nectar little by little, confine it in the navel, (for him) all ailments arising from a preponderance of Vata (wind) and Pitta (bile) will undoubtedly perish.
Sitali Pranayama
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Sandilyopanishad VI 13-14
जिह्वया वायुं गृहीत्वा यथाशक्ति कुम्भयित्वा नासाभ्यां रेचयेत् ।
तेन गुल्मप्लीहज्वरपित्तक्षुधादि नश्यतिशीतली तु जिह्वया ॥ १३-४ ॥
jihvayā vāyuṃ gṛhītvā yathāśakti kumbhayitvā nāsābhyāṃrecayet | tena gulmaplīhajvarapittakṣudhādi naśyatiśītalī tu jihvayā || 13-4 ||
Translation Drawing in the air through the tongue, holding in Kumbhaka as long as possible, (the Yogin) should expel it through the nostrils. Therefrom, dyspepsia, enlargement of the spleen, fever, biliousness, hunger and the like are destroyed.

Yogi Drinking PranaVayu at the root of the palate
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 70
काकचंच्वा पिबेद्वायुं शीतलं यो विचक्षणः ।
प्राणापानविधानज्ञः स भवेन्मुक्तिभाजनः ॥ ७० ॥
kākacañcvā pibedvāyuṃ śītalaṃ yo vicakṣaṇaḥ |
prāṇāpānavidhānajñaḥ sa bhavenmuktibhājanaḥ || 70 ||
Translation When the skilful Yogi, knowing the laws of action of prana and apana, can drink the cold air through the concentration of the mouth, in the form of a crow-bill, then he becomes entitled to liberation.
Haṭhapradīpikā of Svātmārāma (Chapter 5, Verse 54)
काकचञ्चुविधानेन शीतलं सलिलं पिबेत् ॥
प्राणायामप्रयोगेण योगी भवति निर्जरः ॥ ५४ ॥
kākacañcuvidhānena śītalaṃ salilaṃpibet ||
prāṇāyāma-prayogena yogī bhavti nirjaraḥ ||
Translation A Yogi drinks the cool water, forming the tongue like the beak of crow.This technique of prāṇāyāma makes him free from (signs of) old age . 54.
Kāka-Cañcu (Sitali)
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 141-142
नलिकासदृशीं-काकुं विधायोपूरयेत्-तया ॥
श्वसनं कुम्भयेन्-नोभ्यां रेचयेत् काक-चञ्चुकः ॥ १४१ ॥
क्षुत्-तृट्-पित्त-ज्वर-प्लीह-विषाणां नाशनो भवेत् ॥ १४२ ॥
nalikāsadṛśīṃ-kākuṃ vidhāyāpūrayet-tayā ||
śvasanaṃ kumbhayen-nobhyāṃ recayet kāka-cañcukaḥ || 141 ||
kṣut-tṛṭ-pitta-jvara-plīha-viṣāṇāṃ nāśano bhavet || 142 ||
Translation Forming the tongue like a tube, take the air in through it. After holding the breath, exhale through the nose. This is kāka-cañcu. It removes hunger, thirst, bilious tendency, fever and inflammation of the spleen and toxicity.
Śitali Kumbhaka - remover of thirst and hunger
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Haṭharatnāvalī (2, 19-20)
जिह्वया वायुमाकृष्य पूर्ववत्कुम्भकादनु
शनैरशीतिपर्य्यन्तं रेचयेदनिलं सुधीः ॥ १९ ॥
गुल्मप्लीहोदरं दोषं ज्वरपित्तक्षुधातृषाः ॥
विषाणि शीतली नाम कुम्भकोऽयं निहन्ति च ॥ २० ॥
jihvayā vāyumākṛṣya pūrvavatkumbhakādanu
śanairaśītiparyyantaṁ recayedanilaṁ sudhīḥ || 19 ||
gulmaplīhodaraṁ doṣaṁ jvarapittakṣudhātṛṣāḥ ||
viṣāṇi śītalī nāma kumbhako'yaṁ nihanti ca || 20 ||
Translation
One draws the air in through the tongue,
retains it in the manner told before and
thereafter slowly exhales (thought the
nostrils). This is for eighty rounds.19
Śitalī Kumbhaka removes dropsy, disorders of the spleen, fever, acidity, and toxicity and controls hunger and thirst. 20.
Śitali-kāka-cañcuka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 143-147
काकचञ्चु-वद्-आस्येनापूर्य वायुं निरोधयेत् ।
ऊर्ध्वजिह्वां समानीय पिबेद्-धारामृतं सुधीः ॥
रेचयेद् घ्राण-रन्ध्राभ्यां शीतली-काकचञ्चुकः । १४३ ।
प्राणापान-विधानज्ञो मुक्तिभाग्-अस्य साधनात् ।
नित्याभ्यासवतो याति श्रम-दाह-ज्वरामयाः ॥
मासाभ्यासान्-मृत्यु-जयो निरन्तर-कृते भवेत् ॥ १४४ ॥
मणिकर्णि-बिलं गाढं पीड्य लम्बिकया ततः ।
कुण्डलीं चिन्तयन् काक-चञ्च्वा यदि समीरणम् ॥
पिबेत् षण्मास-योगेन कविर्-भव्ति निश्चितम् ॥ १४५ ॥
ध्यात्वा कुण्डलिनी-वक्त्र-गामिनं मारुतं यदा ।
काक-चञ्चुं प्रकुरुते क्षय-रोगात् प्रमुच्यते ॥ १४६ ॥
Translation Forming the mouth like a beak of a crow, one should take the air in and hold it. Then raising the tongue, one should taste the flow of nectar and exhale through both the nostrils. This is śitali-kāka-cañcuka.An adept of prana and apana practices this consistently for a month, gets rid of heat due to exertion, fever and other sickness and overcomes premature death.
Turning the tip of the tongue up and pressing it to the throat, one should take the air through the mouth forming it like the beak of a crow and contemplate on kundali.
Śītali-kāka-cañcuka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 143-147
दुर-श्रुतिर्-दुर-दृष्टिर्-अन्तर्धानादिकं फलम् ।
अहर्-निशं सदाभ्यासाज्-जायते नात्र संशयः ॥ १४७ ॥
kākacañcu-vad-āsyenāpūrya vāyum nirodhayet |
ūrdhvajivhām samānīya pibed-dhārāmṛtam sudhīḥ ||
recayed ghrāṇa-randhrābhyāṁ śītalī-kākacañcukaḥ | 143 |
prāṇāpāna-vidhānajño muktibhāg-asya sādhanāt |
nithyābhyāsavato yāti śrama-dāha-jvarāmayaḥ ||
māsābhyāsān-mṛtyu-jayo nirantara-kṛte bhavet || 144 ||
maṇikarṇi-bilam gāḍhaṁ pīḍya lambikayā tataḥ |
kuṇḍalīṁ cintayan kāka-cañcvā yadi samīraṇam ||
pibet ṣaṇmāsa-yogena kavir-bhavti niścitam || 145 ||
dhyātvā kuṇḍalinī-vaktra-gāminaṁ mārutaṁ yadā |
kāka-cañcuṁ prakurute kṣaya-rogāt pramucyate || 146 ||
dūra-śrutir-dūra-dṛṣṭir-antardhānādikaṁ phalam |
ahar-niśaṁ sadābhyāsāj-jāyate nātra saṁśayaḥ || 147 ||
Translation
Practicing this for six
months, one undoubtedly
becomes a kavi (poet).
Forming the tongue into
the beak of a crow one
should take the air in and
contemplate on prana
entering into the mouth of
kundali. With this one
becomes free from
disease of consumption.
With daily and continuous
practice, one undoubtedly
attains clairaudience,
foresightedness and
ability to disappear.
Sītali Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 16)
जिह्वां बहिर्निःसार्य दन्तमूले कृत्वा वायुमाकृष्य पूरकं भवेत् पूरवत् ।
ततो मन्दनासाभ्यां वायुं अधस्त्यजेत् शनकैराशिखाग्रमानखाग्रावध्युच्चैश्चानु नासापुटयुगलबिलाभ्यां ततो रेचयेत् ॥ १६ ॥
jihvām bahirniḥsārya dantamūle kṛtvā vāyumākṛṣya pūrakaṁ bhavet pūravat |
tato mandanāsābhyāṁ vāyum adhastyajet śanakairāśikhāgramānakhāgrāvadhyuccaiścānu nāsāpuṭayugalabilābhyāṁ tato recayet || 16 ||
Translation One draws the tongue out to press them against the teeth and takes the air in. Then he slowly leaves the air out through the roof of nose as before till he feels the sensation at the tip of the hair and nails.
Benefits of Sitali Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 17)
गुल्मप्लीहोदरघ्नो ज्वरक्षवथुतृषम् यक्ष्मपित्ते निहन्ति ॥
दोषं देवं च हन्यादिति मददलनः शीतलीनाम कुम्भः ॥ १७ ॥
gulmaplīhodaraghno jvarakṣavathutṛṣam yakṣmapitte nihanti || doṣaṃ devaṃ ca hanyāditi madadalanah śītalīnāma kumbhaḥ || 17 ||
Translation This cures inflammation, spleen disorders (pliha), dropsy, fever, sore throat, thirst, consumption, acidity (pitta) and the evils related to deities (deva-evil spirits) and controls lust. This is Sitali Kumbhaka.
Curing consumption of lungs (phthisis)
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 74
काकचंच्वा पिबेद्वायुं सन्ध्योरुभयोरपि ।
कुण्डलिन्या मुखे ध्यात्व क्षयरोगस्य शान्तये ॥ ७४ ॥
kākacañcvā pibedāyuṃ sandhyorubhayorapi | kuṇḍalinyā mukhe dhyātva kṣayarogasya śāntaye || 74 ||
Translation When he drinks the air through the crow-bill, both in the morning and in the evening twilight, contemplating that it goes to the mouth of the Kundalini, consumption of the lungs is cured.
Acquiring power of Clairaudience and Clairvoyance
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita. III. 75
अहर्निशं पिबेद्योगी काकचंच्वाव विचक्षणः ।
पिबेत्प्राणानिलं तस्य रोगाणां संक्षयो भवेत् ॥
दूरश्रुतिर्द्दूरदृष्टिस्तथा स्याद्दर्शनं खलु ॥ ७५ ॥
aharniśaṃ pibedyogī kākacañcvāva vicakṣaṇaḥ | pibetprāṇānilaṃ tasya rogāṇāṃ saṃkṣayo bhavet || dūraśrutirdūradṛṣṭistathā syāddarśanaṃ khalu || 75 ||
Translation When the wise Yogi drinks the fluid day and night through the crow-beak, his diseases are destroyed; he acquires certainly the powers of clairaudience and clairvoyance.
Kakacanucka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudī
(Chapter 12, Verse 1)
नलिकासदृशं काकुं विधायॉपूरयेत्तथा ।
श्वसनं कुम्भयेन्नाभ्यां रेचयेत्काकचञ्चुकः ॥ इति ॥ १ ॥
nalikāsadṛśaṃ kākuṃ vidhāyāpūrayettathā |
śvasanaṃ kumbhayennābhyāṃ recayetkākacañcukaḥ|| iti || 1||
Translation
Forming the tongue like a tube, draw the
air in through it. After holding the
breath, exhale through the nose. This is
kakacancuka.
Sitalikakacancuka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudī
(Chapter 12, Verse 2)
काकचञ्चुवदास्येन पूर्य वायुं निरोधयेत् ।
ऊर्ध्वजिह्वां समानीय पिबेद्धारामृतं सुखी ॥ २ ॥
kākacañcuvadāsyena pūrya vāyuṃ nirodhayet |
ūrdhvajihvāṃ samānīya pibeddhārāmṛtaṃ sukhī || 2 ||
Translation Forming the mouth like the beak of a crow, one should take the air in and hold it. Then raising the tongue, one should drink the flow of nectar and exhale through both the nostrils.
Sitalikakacancuka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudī
(Chapter 12, Verse 3-4)
रेचयेद् घ्राणरन्ध्राभ्याम् शीतलीकाकचञ्चुकः ।
प्राणापानविधानज्ञो मुक्तिभागस्य साधनात् ॥ ३ ॥
recayed ghrāṇarandhrābhyām śītalīkākacañcukaḥ |
prāṇāpānavidhānajño muktibhāgasya sādhanāt || 3 ||
नित्याभ्यासवतो यान्ति श्रमदाहज्वरामयाः ।
मासाभ्यासात् मृत्युजयो निरन्तरकृते भवेत् ॥ ४ ॥
nithyābhyāsavato yānti śramadāhajvarāmayāḥ |
māsābhyāsāt mṛtyujayo nirantarakṛte bhavet || 4 ||
Translation This is sitalikakacancuka. An adept of Pranayama attains liberation through this practice.Regular practice of this (sitalikakacancuka) overcomes fatigue, burning sensation, fever and such other diseases. Continuous practice for one month makes one free from premature death.
Become a kavi (poet) undoubtedly by contemplating on Kundalini
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 12, Verse 5)
मणिकर्णिबिलं गाढं पीड्य लम्बिकया ततः ।
कुण्डलीं चिन्तयेत् काकचञ्च्वा यदि समीरणम् ॥
पिबेच्छण्मासयोगेन कविर्भवति निश्चितम् ॥ ५ ॥
maṇikarṇibilam gāḍhaṃ pīḍya lambikayā tataḥ |
kuṇḍalīṃ cintayet kākacañcvā yadi samīraṇam ||
pibecchaṇmāsayogena kavirbhavati niścitam || 5 ||
Translation Turning the tip of the tongue and pressing it at the uvula one should take the air through the mouth forming it like the beak of a crow and contemplate on Kundali. Practising this for six months, one undoubtedly becomes a kavi (poet).
Become free from the disease of consumption
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 12, Verse 6-7)
ध्यात्वा कुण्डलिनीं चक्रगामिनं मारुतं यदा ।
काकचञ्चुं प्रकुरुते क्षयरोगात् प्रमुच्यते ॥ ६ ॥
dhyātvā kuṇḍalinīṃ cakragāminaṃ mārutaṃ yadā |
kākacañcuṃ prakurute kṣayarogāt pramucyate || 6 ||
दूरश्रुतिर्दूरदृष्टिरन्तर्धानादिकं फलम् ।
अहर्निशं सदाभ्यासात् जायते नात्र संशयह् ॥ ७ ॥
dūraśrutirdūradṛṣṭirantardhānādikaṃ phalam |
aharniśaṃ sadābhyāsāt jāyate nātra saṃśayah || 7 ||
Translation Forming the tongue into a beak of a crow, one should take in the air in and contemplate on Kundali while prana enters into cakras. With this, one becomes free from the disease of consumption. With daily and continuous practice one surely attains clairaudience, clairvoyance and ability to disappear.
Sitkari Pranayama
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Sandilyopanishad VI 13-3
वक्त्रेण सीत्कारपूर्वकं वायुं गृहीत्वा यथाशक्ति
कुम्भयित्वा नासाभ्यां रेचयेत् ।
तेन क्षुत्तृष्णालस्यनिद्रा न जायन्ते
सीत्कारप्राणायाममाह- वक्त्रेणेति ॥ १३-३ ॥
vaktrena sītkārapūrvakaṁ vāyuṁ gṛhītvā yathāśakti
kumbhayitvā nāsābhyāṁ recayet |
tena kṣuttṛṣṇālasyanidrā na jāyante
sītkāraprāṇāyāmamāha- vaktreneṭi || 13-3 ||
Translation
Sucking the air through the mouth,
with the Sitkara (hissing sound),
holding it in Kumbhaka aslong as
possible, (the Yogin) should expel it
through the nostrils. Therefrom
thirst, hunger and sleep through
Indolence, will not be produced. (13-3)
Kāka-Cañcu (Sitkari)
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 137-140
रसनाम्-उन्मुखीकृत्य सीकारं कुर्वता मरुत् ।
पीयन्ते कुम्भके यस्मिन् नासिकाभ्यां विरेचनम् ॥ १३७ ॥
rasanām-unmukhīkṛtya sīkāraṁ kurvatā marut |
pīyante kumbhake yasmin nāsikābhyāṁ virecanam || 137 ||
रसनां प्राण-संयुक्तां पीड्यमानाम् विचिन्तयेत् ।
सीत्कारी-कुम्भकः प्रोक्तः सर्व-सिद्धिकरः सताम् ॥ १३८ ॥
rasanāṁ prāṇa-saṁyuktāṁ pīḍyamānāṁ vicintayet |
sītkārī-Kumbhakaḥ proktaḥ sarva-siddhikaraḥ satām || 138 ||
सीत्कारी-कुम्भकाभ्यासात् स्मर-जित्पर-रूप-धृक् ।
क्षुन्-निद्रालस्य-रोग-सर्वोपद्रव-वर्जितः ॥ १३९ ॥
sītkārī-kumbhakābhyāsāt smara-jitvara-rūpa-dhṛk |
kṣun-nidrālasya-roga-sarvopadrava-varjitaḥ || 139 ||
योगीन्द्रो योगिनी-चक्र-सेव्यः सृष्ट्यादि-कृत् भवेत् ॥ १४० ॥
yogīndro Yoginī-cakra-sevyaḥ sṛṣṭyādi-kṛt bhavet || 140 ||
Translation Turning the tongue upwards and producing the sound "sīt", inhale the air. After holding the breath, exhale through both the nostrils, while making frictional sound. Concentrate on the tongue pressed and the sound along with prāṇā.
This is called Sītkārī-Kumbhaka, which contributes to all the accomplishments.With the practice of Sītkārī- Kumbhaka, one controls the cupid (God of Love) and becomes handsome. It helps controlling hunger, sleep, laziness, diseases and one becomes free from all the problems of health. The yogī enjoys the multitude of powers like creation, etc.
Kāka-cañcu-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 148-152
द्विजैर्-द्विजान् पीड्य वायुं काकचञ्च्वा पिबेच्-शनैः ।
ऊर्ध्व-जिह्वः कुम्भकारो रेचयेद् घ्रान-वर्त्मना ॥
काकचञ्चुः कुम्भ उक्तः केनायं काकुदश्रवाः ॥ १४८ ॥
आवत्सरार्धम्-अभ्यासं प्रत्यहं यः समाचरेत् ।
सर्व-रोग-विनिर्मुक्तो वत्सरान् मृत्यु-जिद् भवेत् ॥ १४९ ॥
त्रि-वर्षे शिवतां याति भूतेन्द्रिय-जयान्वितः ।
आणिमादि-गुणैर्-युक्तो जरया रहितो भवेत् ॥ १५० ॥
खेचर्यङ्गमिदं प्राह कृपालुः परमेश्वरः ॥ १५१ ॥
श्रद्धालु-सुकुम्भकाश्-च क्षुत्-तृषादि-विनाशिनः ।
सर्व-सौभाग्य-दातारो विज्ञेयाः गुरु-वाक्यतः ॥ १५२ ॥
dvijair-dvijān pīḍya vāyuṁ kākacañcvā pibec-chanaiḥ |
ūrdhva-jihvaḥ kumbhakāro recayed ghrāṇa-vartmanā ||
kākacañcuḥ kumbha uktaḥ kenāyaṁ kākudaśravāḥ || 148 ||
āvatsarārdham-abhyāsaṁ pratyahaṁ yaḥ samācaret |
sarva-roga-vinirmukto vatsarān mṛtyu-jid bhavet || 149 ||
tri-varṣe śivatāṁ yāti bhūtendriya-jayānvitaḥ |
aṇimādi-guṇair-yukto jarayā rahito bhavet || 150 ||
khecaryaṅgamidaṁ prāha kṛpāluḥ parameśvaraḥ || 151 ||
śraddhālu-sukumbhakāś-ca kṣut-tṛṣādi-vināśinaḥ |
sarva-saubhāgya-dhātāro vijñeyāḥ Guru-vākyataḥ || 152 ||
Translation By pressing the teeth together, one should take the air in slowly through the mouth and holding the breath with upturned tongue, exhale through the passage of nose. According to Kākudaśravā this is kāka-cañcu-Kumbhaka.By daily practice of this Kumbhaka for half a year one completely gets rid of the diseases and after a year (of practice) one controls (premature) death. Having controlled all the senses and accomplishing siddhis like Aṇimā, etc. one overcomes signs of old age and attains Śiva-hood after three years. It is the means leading to Khecarī, (an undisturbed state of consciousness), as narrated by Parameśvara the merciful. Kumbhakas practiced with devotion remove hunger and thirst and contribute to all fortunes, which should be learnt from the Guru.
pranayama
Sitkara Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 10-11)
सीत्कां दद्यान् मुखेन प्रथममनुविजृंभां च नासापुटाभ्यां
निथाभ्यासप्रयोगादिति भवति नरः कामदेवो द्वितीयः ॥
निद्रालस्यक्षुधातृड्रहित इह चरेद्योगिनीचक्रसेव्यः
सृष्टेः संहारकारी विहरति स सदोपद्रवो पृथिव्याम् ॥ १० ॥
सुधास्रावि शिरारन्ध्रतालु स्पृष्ट्वामृतं मरुत् ।
हिमो जिह्वाग्रयुक् शीतलेय्व सीत्कार्यऽतोऽरुजा ॥ ११ ॥
sītkāṁ dadyān mukhena prathamamanuvijṛmbhāṁ ca nāsāpuṭābhyāṁ nithābhyāsaprayogāditi bhavati naraḥ kāmadevo dvitīyaḥ || nidrālasyakṣudhātṛṭrahita iha caredYoginīcakrasevyaḥ sṛṣṭeḥ saṁhārakārī viharati sa sadopadravo pṛthivyām || 10 || sudhāsrāvi śirārandhratālu spṛṣṭvāmṛtaṁ marut | himo jihvāgrayuk śītaleyva sītkārya'to'rujā ||11 ||
Translation One sucks the air through the mouth making a hissing sound (sīt) and thereafter exhales through the nostrils. A regular practice makes a man second to Cupid. It removes sleep, lethargy, hunger and thirst.
He is favoured by the group of Yoginīs (deities), becomes a creator and destroyer and moves on the Earth without trouble. As the prana touches the aperture above the upper palate, the ambrosia secretes from the siras (tubular vessels). The tongue turns cool. The practice of Sītkari is like Sītalī which brings wellness.

Kakacancu
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 12, Verse 8-10)
द्विजैर्द्विजान् पीड्य वायुम् काकचञ्च्व पिवेच्छनैः ।
ऊर्ध्वजिह्वः कुम्भकारो रेचयेद् घ्राणवर्त्मना ॥ ८ ॥
काकचञ्चुः कुम्भ उक्तो केनायं काकुदश्रवा । ९ ॥
आवत्सरार्धमभ्यासात् प्रत्यहं यः समाचरेत् ।
सर्वरोगविनिर्मुक्तो वत्सरात् मृत्युजिद् भवेत् ॥ १० ॥
dvijairdvijān pīḍya vāyuṁ kākacañcva pibecchanaiḥ | ūrdhvajihvaḥ kumbhakāro recayed ghrāṇavartmanā || 8 || kākacañcuḥ kumbha ukto kenāyaṁ kākudaśravā || 9 || āvatsarārdhamabhyāsāt pratyahaṁ yaḥ samācaret | sarvarogavinirmukto vatsarān mṛtyujid bhavet ||10 ||
Translation By pressing the teeth together, one should take the air in slowly through the mouth, and after holding the breath with upturned tongue, exhale through the passage of nose.
This Kumbhaka has been called kakacancu by one kakudasrava. By daily practice of this Kumbhaka for half a year one completely gets rid of all the diseases and after a year overcomes (premature) death.
On Breathing Techniques:
Bhastrika Kumbhaka
śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Sikhopanishad 96 - 100
स्तनयोरथ भस्त्रेव लोहकारस्य वेगतः ॥ ९६ ॥
रेचयेत् पूरयेद्वायुमाश्रमं देहगं धिया ।
यथा श्रमो भवेद्देहे तथा सूर्येण पूरयेत् ॥ ९७ ॥
कण्ठसंकोचनं कृत्वा पुनश्चन्द्रेण रेचयेत् ।
वातपित्तश्लेष्महरं शरीराग्निविवर्धनम् ॥ ९८ ॥
कुण्डलीबोधकं वक्त्रदोषघ्नं शुभदं सुखम् ।
ब्रह्मनाडीमुखान्तःस्थकफाद्यर्गलनाशनम् ॥ ९९ ॥
सम्यग्बन्धसमुद्भूतं ग्रन्थित्रयविभेदकम् ।
विशेषेणैव कर्तव्यं भस्त्राख्यं कुम्भकं त्विदम् ॥ १०० ॥
stanayoratha bhastreva lohakārasya vegataḥ ||96 ||
recayet pūrayedvāyumāśramaṁ dehagaṁ dhiyā |
yathā śramo bhaveddehe tathā sūryeṇa pūrayet ||97 ||
kaṇṭhasaṁkocanaṁ kṛtvā punaścandreṇa recayet |
vātapittaśleṣmaharaṁ śarīrāgnivivardhanam ||98 ||
kuṇḍalībodhakaṁ vaktradoṣaghnaṁ śubhadaṁ sukham |
brahmanāḍīmukhāntaḥsthakaphādyargalanāśanam || 99 ||
samyagbandhasamudbhūtaṁ granthitrayavibhedakam |
viśeṣeṇaiva kartavyaṁ bhastrākhyaṁ Kumbhakaṁ tvidam ||100 ||
Translation (The practitioner) should intelligently expel with speed the air in the body, out of the two breasts and fill (it) in (likewise), till he is overcome with fatigue, as with a blacksmith's pair of bellows. When fatigue comes on in the body, then should he fill in through the Solar (Nadi) and after constricting the throat, should expel (it) again through the Lunar (Nadi).
(This Kumbhaka) removes (the excess of) the mind, bile and phlegm, raises the temperature of the body, rouses the Kundali, removes defects in the mouth, bestows auspiciousness, is wholesome, removes impediments, such as phlegm remaining in the interior of the opening of the Brahma-nadi and is capable of bursting through the three knots as the result of effectively practising the Bandhas. This Kumbhaka is known as the Bhastra and should be specially practised.

pranayama
The Bhastrika Kumbhaka - Spark the inner fire of health!
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Kundali-Upanishad I 32 - 39
मुखं संयम्य यत्नेन प्राणं घ्राणेन रेचयेत् ॥ ३२ ॥
यथा लगति कण्ठात्तु कपाले सस्वनं ततः ।
वेगेन पूरयेत् किंचिद्धृत्पद्मावधि मारुतम् ॥ ३३ ॥
पुनर्विरेचयत् तद्वत् पूरयेच्च पुनः पुनः ।
यथैव लोहकाराणां भस्त्रावेगेन चाल्यते ॥ ३४ ॥
तथैव स्वशरीरस्थं चालयेत् पवनं शनैः ।
यथा श्रमो भवेद्देहे तथा सूर्येण रेचयेत् ॥ ३५ ॥
यथोदरं भवेत् पूर्णं पवनेन तथा लघु ।
धारयन्नासिकामध्यं तर्जनीभ्यां विना दृढम् ॥ ३६ ॥
कुम्भकं पूर्ववत् कृत्वा रेचयेदिडयानिलम् ।
कण्ठोत्थितानलहरं शरीराग्निविवर्धनम् ॥ ३७ ॥
कुण्डलीबोधकं पुण्यं पापघ्नं शुभदं सुखम् ।
ब्रह्मनाडीमुखान्तस्थकफाद्यर्गलनाशनम् ॥ ३८ ॥
गुणत्रयसमुद्भूतग्रन्थित्रयविभेदकम् ।
विशेषेणैव कर्तव्यं भस्त्राख्यं कुम्भकं त्विदम् ॥ ३९ ॥
mukhaṃ saṃyamya yatnena prāṇaṃ ghrāṇena recayet || 32 ||
yathā lagati kaṇṭhāttu kapāle sasvanaṃ tataḥ |
vegena pūrayet kiṃciddhṛtpadmāvadhi mārutam || 33 ||
punarvirecayet tadvat pūrayecca punaḥ punaḥ |
yathaiva lohakārāṇāṃ bhastrāvegena cālyate || 34 ||
Translation

The man of clear intellect, after assuming the Padmasana posture, and keeping his neck and belly in a line, controlling well the mouth with effort, should expel the vital air through the nose, in such a way that it occupies with a noise the cranium from the throat. He should fill in a little air up to the lotus of the heart. He should again expel it as before and fill it in, again and again. Even as the pair of bellows of blacksmiths is blown in quick succession, in the same manner should he cause the air in the body to move slowly. Until fatigue is experienced by the body, he should expel the air through the Solar Nadi until the belly becomes filled with the air, lightly holding the middle of the nose with the two forefingers, but not tightly, performing Kumbhaka as before, he should expel the air through the Ida. This, which takes away the heat produced in the throat, raises the warmth of the body, kindles the Kundali, is endowed with good qualities and kills sin, is auspicious and health-giving, destroys the phlegm and other obstruction in the interior of the mouth of the Brahma-nadi, breaks through the three kinds of swelling brought about...
tathaiva svaśarīrasthaṃ cālayet pavanaṃ śanaiḥ |
yathā śramo bhaveddehe tathā sūryeṇa recayet || 35 ||
yathodaraṃ bhavet pūrṇaṃ pavanena tathā laghu |
dhārayannāsikāmadhyaṃ tarjanībhyāṃ vinā dṛḍham || 36 ||
Kumbhakaṃ pūrvavat kṛtvā recayedīḍayānilam |
kaṇṭhotthitānalaharaṃ śarīrāgnivivardhanam || 37 ||
kuṇḍalībodhakaṃ puṇyaṃ pāpaghnaṃ śubhada sukhaṃ |
brahmanāḍīmukhāntasthakaphādyargalanāśanam || 38 ||
guṇatrayasamudbhūtagranthitrayavibhedakam |
viśeṣeṇaiva kartavyaṃ bhastrākhyaṃ Kumbhakaṃ tvidam || 39 ||
Translation by the operation of the three Guna's, should be specially performed. This is known as the Kumbhaka called the Bhastra.
Bhastrika awakens Kundalini
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Haṭhapradīpikā of Svātmārāma
(Chapter 5, Verse 173)
वज्रासनस्थितो योगी चालयित्वा तु कुण्डलीम् ॥
कुर्यादनन्तरं भस्त्रां कुण्डलीम् आशु बोधयेत् ॥ १७३ ॥
vajrāsanasthito yogī cālayitvā tu kuṇḍalīm ||
kuryādanantaraṃ bhastrīṃ kuṇṇḍalīm āśu bodhayet || 173 ||
Translation A Yogi, sitting in vajrāsana should activate kuṇḍalī and thereafter, should practice bhastrikā. Thus, kuṇḍalī is easily awakened. 173
Bhastrika to overcome premature death
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Haṭhapradīpikā of Svātmārāma
(Chapter 5, Verse 176)
कुण्डलीं चालयित्वा तु कुर्याद् भस्त्रां विशेषतः ॥
एवमभ्यसतो नित्यं यमिनः शङ्कते यमः ॥ १७६ ॥
uṇḍalīṃ cālayitvā tu kuryād bhastrīṃ viśeṣataḥ ||
evamabhyasato nityaṃ yaminaḥ śaṅkate yamaḥ || 176 ||
Translation Activate kuṇḍalī followed by special practice of bhastrikā. With this practice, a Yogī can control premature death. 176
Kevala Kumbhaka
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Yogatattvopanishad 49 - 51
ततः परं यथेष्टं तु शक्तः स्याद्वायुधारणे ॥ ४९ ॥
यथेष्टधारणाद्वायोः सिध्येत् केवलकुम्भकः ।
केवले कुम्भके सिद्धे रेचपूरविवर्जिते ॥ ५० ॥
न तस्य दुर्लभं किंचित् त्रिषु लोकेषु विद्यते ।
tataḥ paraṁ yatheṣṭaṁ tu śaktaḥ syādvāyudhāraṇe || 49 ||
yatheṣṭadhāraṇādvāyoḥ sidhyet kevalakumbhakaḥ |
kevale kumbhake siddhe recapūravivarjite || 50 ||
na tasya durlabhaṁ kiṁcit triṣu lokeṣu vidyate |
Translation Thereafter he will acquire power to hold the breath as long as desired. By holding the breath as long as desired, the Kevala Kumbhaka is successfully accomplished. When the Kevala (mere) Kumbhaka devoid of the Recaka and the Puraka is attained, there is nothing in all the three worlds difficult of attainment for that practitioner.
Two varieties of Kumbhakas
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Sandilya Upanishad VI 13-5, 13-6
कुम्भकः स द्विविधः सहितः केवलश्चेति । रेचकपूरकयुक्तःसहितः ।
तद्विवर्जितः केवलः । केवलसिद्धिपर्यन्तं सहितमभ्यसेत् ।
केवलकुम्भके सिद्धे त्रिषु लोकेषु न तस्य दुर्लभं भवति ।
केवलकुम्भकात् कुण्डलिनीबोधो जायते ॥ १३-५ ॥
उपायोपेयकुम्भकद्वयमाह- कुम्भक इति ।
ततः किं जायतइत्यत्र- केवलेति ॥ १३-५ ॥
ततः कृशवपुः प्रसन्नवदनो निर्मललोचनोऽभिव्यक्तनादो
निर्मुक्तंरोगजालो जितबिन्दुः पदग्निंर्भवति ॥ १३-६ ॥
ततः किं स्यादित्यत्र ततः इति ॥ १३-६ ॥
Translation That Kumbhaka is of two kinds: mixed and pure. The mixed is conjoint with Recaka (expelling) and Puraka (in-filling). The pure is devoid of those (two processes). Till the acquisition of the pure (Kumbhaka) (the Yogin) should practise the mixed (Kumbhaka).
When the pure Kumbhaka has been accomplished, for him there is nothing unattainable in the three worlds. From the Kevala-Kumbhaka, the rousing of the Kundalini is brought about.
Kumbhakaḥ sa dvividhaḥ sahitaḥ kevalaśceti | recakapūrakayuktaḥsahitaḥ |
tadvivarjitaḥ kevalaḥ | kevalasiddhi paryantaṁ sahitamabhyaset |
kevalakumbhake siddhe triṣu lokeṣu na tasya durlabhaṁ bhavati |
kevalakumbhakāt kuṇḍalinībodho jāyate || 13-5 ||
upāyopeyakumbhakadvayamāha- Kumbhaka iti |
tataḥ kim jāyataityatra- kevaleti || 13-5 ||
tataḥ kṛśavapuḥ prasannavadano nirmalalocano'bhivyaktanādo
nirmuktarogajālo jitabinduḥ paṭvagnirbhavati || 13-6 ||
tataḥ kim syādityatra tataḥ iti || 13-6 ||
Translation
Thence, (the Yogin) becomes light-bodied, with a cheerful countenance, with his eyes free from dirt, with Nada manifested, released from the clutches of groups of diseases, with his Bindu (semen) under control and with his vital warmth glowing briskly.
Kevala Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 88 - 89
केवलं कुम्भयेत् प्राणं रेच-पूरण-वर्जितम्
तूर्यः शेषोदितोऽन्ये तु केवलं Kumbhakं विदुः
मनो-जवत्वं च मनो-जयश्-च पालित्य-हानिर्-वलितस्य नाशः
नाद-श्रुतिश्-चाष्टविधास्य सिद्धिर्-वायोर्-जयः केवल-कुम्भकात् स्यात्
kevalaṁ kumbhayet prāṇaṁ reca-pūraṇa-varjitaṁ
tūryaḥ śeṣodito'nye tu kevalaṁ Kumbhakaṁ viduḥ
mano-javatvaṁ ca mano-jayaś-ca pālitya-hānir-valitasya nāśaḥ
nāda-śrutiś-cāṣṭavidhasya siddhir-vāyor-jayaḥ kevala-kumbhakāt syāt
Translation
Prāṇa should be restrained irrespective of inspiration or expiration. This is fourth variety of Kumbhaka, called Kevala-Kumbhaka. Benefits of Kevala-Kumbhaka are stated as increased dexterity of the mind, control of mental activities, disappearance of grey hair and wrinkles, hearing of mystical sounds, accomplishment of eight-fold siddhis and control of vayu.
Nāḍīśodhaka prāṇāyāmaḥ
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Tri-shikhi-brahmanopanishad II.95-98
हस्तेन दक्षिणेनैव पीडयेन्नासिकापुटम् ॥ ९५ ॥
शनैः शनैरथ बहिः प्रक्षिपेत् पिङ्गलानिलम् ।
इडया वायुमापूर्य ब्रह्मन् षोडशमात्रया ॥ ९६ ॥
पूरितं कुम्भयेत् पश्चाच्चतुःषष्ट्या तु मात्रया ।
द्वात्रिंशन्मात्रया सम्यग् रेचयेत् पिङ्गलानिलम् ॥ ९७ ॥
एवं पुनः पुनः कार्यं व्युत्क्रमानुक्रमेण तु ।
संपूर्णकुम्भवद्देहं कुम्भयेन्मातरिश्वना ॥ ९८ ॥
hastena dakṣiṇenaiva pīḍayennāsikāpuṭam || 95 ||
śanaiḥ śanairatha bahiḥ prakṣipet piṅgalānilam |
iḍayā vāyumāpūrya brahman ṣoḍaśamātrayā || 96 ||
pūritaṃ kumbhayet paścāccatuḥṣaṣṭyā tu mātrayā |
dvātriṃśanmātrayā samyag recayet piṅgalānilam || 97 ||
evaṃ punaḥ punaḥ kāryaṃ vyutkramānukrameṇa tu |
sampūrṇakumbhavaddehaṃ kumbhayenmātariśvanā || 98 ||
Translation
He should press the nasal chamber with his right hand only and should (then) gradually expel the Pingala breath. Filling the air through the Ida of sixteen measures, he should hold the filled-in air (by Kumbhaka) of sixty-four measures and expel the Pingala breath well to the extent of thirty-two measures. In this manner should the (breathing) operation be repeated again and again, in the inverse and direct order.
Nādīśodhanam
śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Darshanopanishad V. 7-10
इडया प्राणमाकृष्य पूरयित्वोदरस्थितम् ।
ततोऽग्निं देहमध्यस्थं ध्यायन् ज्वालावलीयुतम् ॥ ७ ॥
बिन्दुनादसमायुक्तमग्निबीजं विचिन्तयेत् ।
पश्चाद्विरेचयेत् सम्यक् प्राणं पिङ्गलया बुधः ॥ ८ ॥
पुनः पिङ्गलयापूर्य वह्निबीजमनुस्मरेत् ।
पुनर्विरेचयेद्धीमानिडयैव शनैः शनैः ॥ ९ ॥
त्रिचतुर्वासरं वाथ त्रिचतुर्वारमेव च ।
षट्कृत्वो विचरेन्नित्यं रहस्येवं त्रिसंधिषु ॥ १० ॥
iḍayā prāṇamākṛṣya pūrayitvodarasthitam |
tato'gniṃ dehamadhyasthaṃ dhyāyan jvālāvalīyutam || 7 ||
bindunādasamāyuktamagnibījaṃ vicintayet |
paścādvirecayet samyak prāṇaṃ piṅgalayā budhaḥ || 8 ||
punaḥ piṅgalayāpūrya vahnibījamanusmaret |
punarvirecayeddhīmāniḍayaiva śanaiḥ śanaiḥ || 9 ||
tricaturvāsaraṃ vātha tricaturvārameva ca |
ṣaṭkṛtvo vicarennityaṃ rahasyevaṃ trisamdhiṣu ||10 ||
Translation Drawing the Prana, vital air, through the Ida, augmenting (the vital air) standing in the belly, then meditating upon the fire flaming all round in the middle of the body, he should conceive of ("Ram") the seed of fire with Hindu and Nada; then should the wise man expel the Prana well through the Pingala. Again, filling up through the Pingala, he should call to memory the seed of fire.
Again should the man of intellect gradually expel the air through the Ida alone. For three or four days, or for three or four times every day, practising thus, in seclusion, six times during each of the three Samdhi-s (junctions) constantly should he move about.

pranayama
Precise time count for Nadi Shodana
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Yogatattvopanishad 40-43
जानु प्रदक्षिणीकृत्य न द्रुतं न विलम्बितम् ।
अङ्गुलिस्फोटनं कुर्यात् सा मात्रा परिगीयते ॥ ४० ॥
इडया वायुमापूर्य शनैः षोडशमात्रया ।
कुम्भयेत् पूरितं पश्चाच्चतुःषष्ट्या तु मात्रया ॥ ४१ ॥
रेचयेत् पिङ्गलानाड्या द्वात्रिंशन्मात्रया पुनः ।
पुनः पिङ्गलयापूर्य पूर्ववत् सुसमाहितः ॥ ४२ ॥
प्रातर्मध्यंदिने सायमध्यरात्रे च कुम्भकान् ।
शनैरशीतिपर्यन्तं चतुर्वारं समभ्यसेत् ॥ ४३ ॥
jānu pradakṣiṇīkṛtya na drutaṁ na vilambitam |
aṅgulisphoṭanaṁ kuryāt sā mātrā parigīyate || 40 ||
iḍayā vāyumāpūrya śanaiḥ ṣoḍaśamātrayā |
kumbhayet pūritaṁ paścāccatuḥṣaṣṭyā tu mātrayā || 41 ||
recayet piṅgalānāḍyā dvātriṁśanmātrayā punaḥ |
punaḥ piṅgalayāpūrya pūrvavat susamāhitaḥ || 42 ||
prātarmadhyamdine sāyamardharātre ca kumbhakān |
śanairaśītiparyantaṁ caturvāraṁ samabhyaset || 43 ||
Translation (The time taken by one), should he snap the fingers after circum-ambulation, neither too quickly nor too slowly, of the knee therewith, that is known as Matra (unit of measuring time). Filling in gradually the vital air through the Ida, for a duration of sixteen Matra-s, one should thereafter hold in the infilled air for duration of sixty-four Matra-s.
He should, thereafter, expel (it) through the Pingala Nadi, for a duration of thirty-two Matra-s. Once again filling in (air) through the Pingala, (he should do) as before, with due control. He should gradually practise four times every day, up to eighty Kumbhaka-s, at daybreak, noon, sun-down and at midnight.
Nadishodana Kumbhaka
with Pranava Mantra
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Darshanopanishad VI. 3-6
इडया वायुमाकृष्य पूरयित्वोदरस्थितम् ।
शनैः षोडशभिर्मात्रैरकारं तत्र संस्मरेत् ॥ ३ ॥
पूरितं धारयेत् पश्चाच्चतुःषष्ट्या तु मात्रया ।
उकारमूर्तिमत्रापि संस्मरन् प्रणवं जपेत् ॥ ४ ॥
यावद्वा शक्यते तावद्धारयेज्जपतत्परः ।
पूरितं रेचयेत् पश्चान्मकारेणानिलं बुधः ॥ ५ ॥
शनैः पिङ्गलया तत्र द्वात्रिंशन्मात्रया पुनः ।
प्राणायामो भवेदेष ततश्चैवं समभ्यसेत् ॥ ६ ॥
iḍayā vāyumākṛṣya pūrayitvodarasthitam |
śanaiḥ ṣoḍaśabhirmātrairakāraṃ tatra saṃsmaret || 3 ||
pūritaṃ dhārayet paścāccatuḥṣaṣtyā tu mātrayā |
ukāramūrtimatrāpi saṃsmaran praṇavaṃ japet || 4 ||
yāvadvā śakyate tāvaddhārayejjapatatparaḥ |
pūritaṃ recayet paścānmakāreṇānilaṃ budhaḥ || 5 ||
śanaiḥ piṅgalayā tatra dvātriṃśanmātrayā punaḥ |
prāṇāyāmo bhavedeṣa tataścaivaṃ samabhyaset || 6 ||
Translation Drawing the vital air through the Ida and filling up (the air) standing in the belly (with it), slowly should one remember the letter "A" there, for the duration of sixteen Matra-s. The filled up (air) should be held thereafter for the duration of sixty-four Matra-s. Here also should he remember the form of the letter "U" and mutter the Pranava (mentally).
Intent on prayer he should hold (the air) as long as it is possible (for him to do so). Thereafter the wise man should expel the filled-in air with (the remembrance of) the letter "M" through the Pingala, for a duration of thirty-two Matra-s therein, slowly again. This will be Pranayama thus should he practise even thereafter.

pranayama

Nadishodana Kumbhaka with Pranava Mantra
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Darshanopanishad VI. 7-10
पुनः पिङ्गलयापूर्य मात्रैः षोडशभिस्तथा ।
अकारमूर्तिमत्रापि स्मरेदेकाग्रमानसः ॥ ७ ॥
धारयेत् पूरितं विद्वान् प्रणवं संजपन् वशी ।
उकारमूर्तिं स ध्यायन् चतुःषष्ट्या तु मात्रया ॥ ८ ॥
मकारं तु स्मरन् पश्चाद्रेचयेदिडयानिलम् ।
evameva punaḥ kuryāḍiḍayāpūrya buddhimān ॥ ९ ॥
एवं समभ्यसेन्नित्यं प्राणायामं मुनीश्वर ।
evamabhyāsato nityaṃ ṣaṇmāsād jñānavān bhavet ॥ १० ॥
punaḥ piṅgalayāpūrya mātraiḥ ṣoḍaśabhistathā |
akāramūrtimatrāpi smaredekāgramānasaḥ || 7 ||
dhārayet pūritaṃ vidvān praṇavaṃ saṃjapan vaśī |
ukāramūrtiṃ sa dhyāyan catuḥṣaṣṭyā tu mātrayā || 8 ||
makāraṃ tu smaran paścādrecayediḍayānilam |
evameva punaḥ kuryāḍiḍayāpūrya buddhimān || 9 ||
evaṃ samabhyasennityaṃ prāṇāyāmaṃ munīśvara |
evamabhyāsato nityaṃ ṣaṇmāsād jñānavān bhavet || 10 ||
Translation Again, filling up through the Pingala, similarly, for a duration of sixteen Matras, should he here also remember the form of the letter "A" with the one pointed mind. The Knowing One should hold the filled in air, muttering the Pranava, with full control (over himself), meditating on the form of the letter "U" for a duration of sixty-four Matras.
He should then expel the air through the Ida, remembering the letter "M". The Knowing One should repeat again in this manner, filling through the Ida and in this manner practise Pranayama daily, O mighty Sage !

pranayama
Nadi Shodana
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Cudamany Upanishad 36-39
ऋजुकायः प्राञ्जलिश्च प्रणमेदिष्टदेवताम् ।
ततो दक्षिणहस्तस्य अङ्गुष्ठेनैव पिङ्गलाम् ॥ ३६ ॥
निरुध्य पूरयेद्वायुमिडया तु शनैः शनैः ।
यथाशक्त्यविरोधेन ततः कुर्याच्च कुम्भकम् ॥ ३७ ॥
पुनस्त्यजेत् पिङ्गलया शनैरेव न वेगतः ।
पुनः पिङ्गलयापूर्य पूरयेदुदरं शनैः ॥ ३८ ॥
धारयित्वा यथाशक्ति रेचयेदिडया शनैः ।
यया त्यजेत् तयापूर्य धारयेदविरोधतः ॥ ३९ ॥
rjukāyaḥ prāñjaliśca praṇamediṣṭadevatām |
tato dakṣiṇahastasya aṅguṣṭhenaiva piṅgalām || 36 ||
nirudhya pūrayedvāyumiḍayā tu śanaiḥ śanaiḥ |
yathāśaktyavirodhena tataḥ kuryācca Kumbhakam || 37 ||
punastyajet piṅgalayā śanaireva na vegataḥ |
punaḥ piṅgalayāpūrya pūrayedudaram śanaiḥ || 38 ||
dhārayitvā yathāśakti recayediḍayā śanaiḥ |
yayā tyajet tayāpūrya dh ārayedavirodhataḥ || 39 ||
Translation With body erect and palms closed (in the attitude of prayer), he should salute his tutelary deity. Then, with the thumb of the right hand obstructing the Pingala (Nadi), he should fill in the vital air little by little, through the Ida (Nadi). Then should he perform Kumbhaka without intermission, as far as it lies in his power.
Again should he expel the vital air gradually and by no means with force. Again, drawing on through the Pingala, he should fill his belly gradually. Holding (the vital air) as far as it lies in his power, he should expel (it) through the Ida, gradually. Then, filling in through that (Nadi) wherewith he expelled (the vital air), he should hold (the vital air) without detriment.
pranayama
Purification of the Nadis through Nadi Shodana
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Cudamany Upanishad 98-99
प्राणं चेदिडया पिबेन्नियमितं भूयोऽन्यथा रेचयेत्
पीत्वा पिङ्गलया समीरणमथो बद्ध्वा त्यजेद् वामया ।
सूर्याचन्द्रमसोरनेन विधिना बिन्दुद्वयं ध्यायतः
शुद्धा नाडिगणा भवन्ति यमिनो मासद्वयादूर्ध्वतः ॥ ९८ ॥
यथेष्टधारणं वायोरनलस्य प्रदीपनम् ।
नादाभिव्यक्तिरारोग्यं जायते नाडिशोधनात् ॥ ९९ ॥
prāṇaṃ cediḍayā pibenniyamitaṃ bhūyo'nyathā recayet
pītvā piṅgalayā samīraṇamatho baddhvā tyajed vāmayā |
sūryācandramasoranena vidhinā bindudvayaṃ dhyāyataḥ
śuddhā nāḍigaṇā bhavanti yamino māsadvayādūrdhvataḥ || 98 ||
yatheṣṭadhāraṇa vāyoranalasya pradīpanam |
nādābhivyaktirārogyaṃ jāyate nāḍīśodhanāt || 99 ||
Translation Through the Ida should (the Yogin) draw in the vital air as prescribed and again expel it through the other (Nadi).
Then through the Pingala drawing in the vital air and holding it, then, he should expel it through the left (Nadi). The system of Nadi-s of the (Yogin) full of the power of control, who meditates on the two Bindus (discs) of the Sun and the Moon, as prescribed in the rule, gets purified in the course of a little over two months.
The holding of the vital breath as long as it is desired, the kindling of the fire, the distinct manifestation of the Nadis and sound health are produced by the purification of the Nadis.
Purifying the nadis in 3 months through Nadi Shodana
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Sandilyopanishad-7.1
प्रागिडया पिबेन्नियमितं भूयोऽन्यया रेचयेत्
पीत्वा पिङ्गलया समीरणमथो बद्ध्वा त्यजेद्वामया ।
सूर्याचन्द्रमसोरनेन विधिनाभ्यासं सदा तन्वतां
शुद्धा नाडिगणा भवन्ति यमिनां मासत्रयादूर्ध्वतः ॥ १ ॥
prāgiḍayā pibenniyamitaṁ bhūyo'nyayā recayet
pītvā piṅgalayā samīraṇamatho baddhvā tyajedvāmayā |
sūryācandramasoranena vidhinābhyāsaṁ sadā tanvatāṁ
śuddhā nāḍīgaṇā bhavanti yamināṁ māsatrayādūrdhvataḥ || 1 ||
Translation Then, with a firm posture, the Yogin, possessed of self-control, partaking of temperate and wholesome food, for the purpose of drying up the impurities remaining in the Susumna Nadi, assuming the Padmasana posture, in-filling the vital air through the Moon (Ida), holding it in Kumbhaka, as far as it lies in his power and expelling it through the Surya (Pingala), again in-filling through the Surya (Pingala) and after Kumbhaka expelling it through the Moon (Ida), should hold it, after in-filling through the Nadi through which he expelled.
Herein occur these verses: (The Yogin) should at first draw in the Prana vital air through the Ida and again expel through the other (viz., the Pingala), in the prescribed manner (i.e., after Kumbhaka). Then sucking in the vital air through the Pingala, he should, after holding it, expel it through the left (Nadi).
For those self-possessed Yogin-s, who always practise according to this rule, through the Solar and Lunar Nadi-s (alternately), the systems of Nadi-s are purifiedin the course of a little over three months.
Nadi Shodana
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita 22-23
ततश्च दक्षांगुष्ठेन निरुद्धूय् पिंगलां सुधीः ।
इडया पूरयेद्वायुं यथाशक्तया तु कुम्भयेत् ॥
ततस्त्यक्त्वा पिंगलयाशनैरेव न वेगतः ॥ २२ ॥
पुनः पिंगलयाऽपूर्य यथाशक्त्या तु कुम्भयेत् ।
इडया रेचयद्वायुं न वेगेन शनैः शनैः ॥२३ ॥
tataśca dakṣāṃguṣṭhena niruddhay piṃgalāṃ sudhīḥ | iḍayā pūrayedvāyuṃ yathāśaktayā tu kumbhayet || tatastyaktvā piṃgalayāśanaireva na vegataḥ || 22 || punaḥ piṃgalayā'pūrya yathāśaktyā tu kumbhyet | iḍayā recayadvāyuṃ na vegena śanaiḥ śanaiḥ || 23 ||
Translation
Then let the wise practitioner close with his right thumb the pingala (right nostril), inspire air through the ida (the left nostril) and keep the air confined, suspend his breathing as long as he can; and afterwards let him breathe out slowly, and not forcibly, through the right nostril.
Again, let him draw breath through the right nostril, and stop breathing as long as his strength permits; then let him expel the air through the left nostril, not forcibly, but slowly and gently.
Practice Nadi Shodana for 20 Kumbhakas
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita 24
इदंयोगविधानेन कुर्याद्विंशतिकुम्भकान् ।
सर्वद्वन्द्वविनिर्मुक्तः प्रत्यहं विगतलसः ॥ २४ ॥
idaṃyogavidhānena kuryādviṃśatikumbhakān | sarbadvandvavinirmuktaḥ pratyahaṃ vigatālasaḥ || 24 ||
Translation
According to the above method of Yoga, let him practice twenty Kumbhakas (stopping of the breath). He should practice this daily without neglect or idleness, and free from all duels (of love and hatred, and doubt and contention), etc.
When to practice for Nadi Shodana?
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita 25
प्रातःकाले च मध्याह्ने सुर्यास्ते चार्डूरात्के ।
कुयदिंवं चतुर्वारं कालेष्वेतेषु कुम्भ्कान् ॥ २५ ॥
prātaḥkāle ca madhyāhne suryāste cārddharātrake | kuryādevam caturvāraṃ kāleṣveteṣu kumbhkān || 25 ||
Translation
These Kumbhakas should be practiced four times — once (1) early in the morning at sunrise, (2) then at midday, (3) the third at sun-set, and (4) the fourth at mid-night.
pranayama
Benefit of Nadi Shodana
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita 26
इत्थं मासत्रयं कुर्यादानालस्यो दिने दिने ।
ततो नाडिविशुद्धिः स्यादिरिलम्बेन निश्चितम् ॥ २६ ॥
itthaṁ māsatrayaṁ kuryādanālasyo dine dine |
tato nāḍīviśuddhiḥ syādivilambena niścitam || 26 ||
Translation When this has been practiced daily, for three months, with regularity, the nadas (the vessels) of the body will readily and surely be purified.
When Yogi Enters the First State of Yoga; Arambha
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita 27
यदा तु नाडीशुद्धिः स्याद्योगिनस्तत्त्वदर्शिनः ।
तदा विध्वस्तदोषश्च भवेदारम्भसम्भवः ॥ २७ ॥
yadā tu nāḍīśuddhiḥ syādYoginastattvadarśinaḥ |
tadā vidhvastadoṣaśca bhavedārambhasambhavaḥ || 27 ||
Translation When thus the nadas of the truth-perceiving Yogi are purified, then his defects being all destroyed, he enters the first stage in the practice of Yoga called Rambha.
Signs of Yogi with Purified Nadas
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Shiva Samhita 28
चिन्हानि योगिनो देहे दृश्यन्ते नाडिशुद्धितः ।
कथ्यन्ते समस्तान्यङ्गानि संक्षेपतो मया ॥ २८ ॥
cinhāni Yogino dehe dṛśyante nāḍīśuddhitaḥ |
kathyante samstānyanṅgāni saṁkṣepato mayā || 28 ||
Translation Certain signs are perceived in the body of the Yogi whose nadas have been purified. I shall describe, in brief, all these various signs. The body of the person practicing the regulation of breath becomes harmoniously developed, emits sweet scent, and looks beautiful and lovely.
Nadi Shodana Pranayama by Hatharatnavali (1)
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hatharatnavali
(Chapter 3, Verse 83)
सिद्धे वा बद्धपद्मे वा स्वस्तिके चाथवासने ॥
ऋजुकायः समासीनः प्राणायामान्समभ्यसेत् ॥ ८३ ॥
siddhe vā baddhapadme vā svastike cāthavāsane ||
rjukāyaḥ samāsīnaḥ prāṇāyāmānsamabhyaset || 83 ||
Translation Adopt Siddha, Baddha-padma or Svastikāsana and keeping the body erect; practice prāṇāyāma. 83.
Nadi Shodana Pranayama by Hatharatnavali (2)
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hatharatnavali
(Chapter 3, Verse 84, 85)
पद्मासनस्थितो योगी प्राणं चन्द्रेण पूरयेत् ॥
प्राणं सूर्येण चाकृष्य पूरयित्वोदरं शनैः ॥ ८४ ॥
विधिवत्कुम्भकं कृत्वा पुनश्चन्द्रेण रेचयेत् ॥
येन त्यजेत्तेनापूर्य धारयेदविरोधतः ॥ ८५ ॥
padmāsanasthito yogī prāṇaṃ candreṇa pūrayet ||
prāṇaṃ sūryeṇa cākṛṣya pūrayitvodaraṃ śanaiḥ || 84 ||
vidhivatKumbhakaṃ kṛtvā punaścandreṇa recayet ||
yena tyajettenāpūrya dhārayedavirodhataḥ || 85 ||
Translation Sit in padamāsana, draw prāṇa in through candra (left nostril). Gently draw the prāṇa through sūrya (right nostril) and fill up the cavity. Retain the air in the prescribed manner and exhale through candra (left nostril). Inhale through the same nostril through which exhalation is done and comfortably hold the breath. 84-85.
Nadi Shodana Pranayama by Hatharatnavali (3)
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hatharatnavali III.86-87
Haṭhapradīpikā of Svātmārāma
(Chapter 4, Verse 14)
प्राणां चेदिडया पिबेन्नियमितं भूयोऽन्यया रेचयेत्
पित्वा पिङ्गलया समीरणमथो बद्ध्वा त्यजेद्वामया ॥
सूर्याचन्द्रमसोरनेन विधिना बिम्बद्वयं ध्यायताम्
शुद्धा नाडिगणा भवन्ति यमिनां मासत्रयादूर्ध्वतः ८६
prāṇāṃ cediḍayā pibenniyamitaṃ bhūyo'nyayā recayet
pitvā piṅgalayā samīraṇamatho baddhvā tyajedvāmayā ||
sūryācandramasoranena vidhinā bimbadvayaṃ dhyāyatāṃ
śuddhā nāḍīgaṇā bhavanti yamināṃ māsatrayādūrdhvataḥ 86
Translation Regularly inhale prāṇa through iḍā and exhale through the other. Thereafter, draw the air in through piṅgalā, retain and exhale through the left (nostril). This practice is done through sūrya and candra, while visualizing the two discs (of the Sun and Moon). The Yogīs attain purification of the group of nāḍīs after three months. 86.
Nadi Shodana Pranayama by Hatharatnavali (4)
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hatharatnavali
(Chapter 3, Verse 87)
प्रातर्मध्यन्दिने सायमर्दरात्रे च कुम्भकान् ॥
शनैरशीतिपर्यन्तं चतुर्वारं समभ्यसेत् ॥ ८७ ॥
prātarmadhyandine sāyamardharātre ca kumbhakān ||
śanairaśītiparyantaṃ caturvāraṃ samabhyaset || 87||
Translation One should practice eighty rounds of Kumbhakas increasing gradually four times in a day, in the morning, noon, evening and midnight. 87
Nadi Shodana Pranayama by Dattatreya Yogasastram
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 1)
ततो दक्षिण-हस्तस्ये अङ्गुष्ठेनेव पिङ्गलाम्
निरुध्य पूरयेद् वायुम्-इडया च शनैः शनैः ॥५९॥
यथा-शक्त्यनिरोधेन ततः कुर्यात्-तु कुंभकम्
ततस्-त्यहेत् -पिङ्गलया शनैर्-एव न वेगतः ॥६०॥
पुनः पिङ्गलयापूर्य पूरयेद्-उदरम् शनैः
यथा थ्यजेत् तथा तेन पूरयेद्-अनिरोधतः ॥६१॥
tato dakṣiṇa-hastasye aṅguṣṭhenaiva piṅgalāṁ
nirudhya pūrayed vāyum-iḍayā ca śanaiḥ śanaiḥ ||59 ||
yathā-śaktyanirodhena tataḥ kuryāt-tu kumbhakam
tatas-tyahet -piṅgalayā śanair-eva na vegataḥ ||60 ||
punaḥ piṅgalayāpūrya pūrayed-udaram śanaiḥ
yathā thyajet tathā tena pūrayed-anirodhataḥ || 61 ||
Translation One uses the right thumb to plug the right nostril (Pingala) to inhale through left (Ida) slowly. One retains the breath as per capacity. This is Kumbhaka. After this, one exhales slowly through right nostril, again inhales through the same right nostril and this fills up the lungs cavity. One just inhales through the same nostril as one exhales through without any pause.
Nadi Shodana Pranayama by Goraksh Paddhati
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Goraksh Paddhati (1, 96-101)
बद्धपद्मासनो योगी प्राणं चन्द्रेण पूरयेत् ।
धारयित्वा यथाशक्ति भूयः सूर्येण रेचयेत् ॥ ९६ ॥
अमृतदधिसंकाशं गोक्षीरधवलोपमम् ।
ध्यात्वा चन्द्रमसो बिम्बं प्राणायामी सुखी भवेत् ॥ ९७ ॥
दक्षिणे श्वासमाकृष्य पूरयेदुदरं शनैः ।
कुम्भयित्वा विधानेन पुनश्चन्द्रेण रेचयेत् ॥ ९८ ॥
प्रज्वलज्ज्वलनज्वालापुञ्जमादित्यमण्डलम् ।
ध्यात्वा नाभिस्थितं योगी प्राणायामी सुखी भवेत् ॥ ९९ ॥
प्राणांश्चेदिडयापि चेत्परिमितं भूयोन्यया रेचयेत्
पीत्वा पिङ्गलया समीरणमथो बद्ध्वा त्यजेद्वामया ॥ १०० ॥
सूर्याचन्द्रमसोरनेन विधिना बिम्बद्वयं ध्यायतां
शुद्धा नाडिगणा भवन्ति यमिनां मासत्रयादूर्ध्वतः ॥ १०१ ॥
baddhapadmāsano yogī prāṇaṃ candreṇa pūrayet |
dhārayitvā yathāśakti bhūyaḥ sūryyeṇa recayet || 96 ||
amṛtadadhisaṃkāśaṃ gokṣīradhavalopamam |
dhyātvā candramaso bimbaṃ prāṇāyāmī sukhī bhavet || 97 ||
dakṣiṇe śvāsamākṛṣya pūrayedudaraṃ śanaiḥ |
kumbhayitvā vidhānena punaścandreṇa recayet || 98 ||
prajvalajjvalanajvālāpuñjamādityamaṇḍalam |
dhyātvā nābhisthitaṃ yogī prāṇāyāmī sukhī bhavet || 99 ||
prāṇāṃścediḍayāpi cetparimitaṃ bhūyonyayā recayet
pītvā piṅgalayā samīraṇamatho baddhvā tyajedvāmayā ||100||
sūryyācandramasoranena vidhinā bimbadvayaṃ dhyāyatāṃśuddhā
nāḍīgaṇā bhavanti yamināṃ māsattrayādūrdhvataḥ || 101 ||

Translation
The Yogin [seated in] the bound lotus posture should fill in the life force through the lunar [nostril] and then, after holding it according to his capacity, expel it again through the solar [nostril]. (1.96)
Meditating on the moon disk, the nectar that resembles [white] curd or is like cow's milk or silver, [the Yogin practicing] breath control should be happy. (1.97)
Drawing in the breath (shvāsa) through the right [nostril], he should fill the abdomen gradually. Having retained it according to the rules, he should expel it again through the lunar [nostril]. (1.98)
Meditating on the solar circle, which is a mass of brightly burning flames located at the navel, the Yogin practicing breath control should be happy. (1.99)
When the breath is filtered through the iḍā [i.e., the left nostril], he should expel it again through the other [nostril]. Sucking the air in through the pingalā [i.e., the right nostril] he should, after holding it, release it again through the left [nostril]. By meditating on the two disks-of the sun and the moon, according to the rules, the host of channels become pure after three months. (1.100)
By purifying the channels, [the Yogin] achieves health, the manifestation of the [subtle inner] sound (nāda), [the ability to] hold the "wind" according to capacity, and the flaring up of the [inner] fire. (1.101)
Candra Bhedana
śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Chudamani Upanishad 95-97
बद्धपद्मासनो योगी प्राणं चन्द्रेण पूरयेत् ।
धारयेद्वा यथाशक्त्या भूयः सूर्येण रेचयेत् ॥ ९५ ॥
अमृतोदधिसंकाशं गोक्षीरधवलोपमम् ।
ध्यात्वा चन्द्रमसं बिम्बं प्राणायामे सुखी भवेत् ॥ ९६ ॥
स्फुरत्प्रज्वलसज्ज्वालापूज्यमादित्यमण्डलम् ।
ध्यात्वा हृदि स्थितं योगी प्राणायामे सुखी भवेत् ॥ ९७ ॥
baddhapadmāsano yogī prāṇaṃ candreṇa pūrayet |
dhārayedvā yathāśaktyā bhūyaḥ sūryeṇa recayet || 95 ||
amṛtodadhisamkāśaṃ gokṣīradhavalopamam |
dhyātvā candramasaṃ bimbaṃ prāṇāyāme sukhī bhavet || 96 ||
sphuratprajvalasajjvālāpūjyamādityamaṇḍalam |
dhyātvā hṛdi sthitaṃ yogī prāṇāyāme sukhī bhavet || 97 ||
Translation Having assumed the Padmasana posture, he should fill the vital air through the Lunar (Nadi), should hold it as long as he could and again expel it through the Solar (Nadi).
Meditating upon the disc of the Moon, resembling the ocean of nectar and as white as cow's milk, during Pranayama the Yogin would derive comfort. meditating on the disc of the Sun, adorable as the radiance of Existence, seated in the heart throbbing and flaming, during Pranayama, the Yogin would derive comfort.
Urdhvaja Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 54-55
कृकाटिका-पृष्ठ-पाणि-पृष्ठान्तेषु स्थितः शशी ।
रेचकाभ्यास-बाहुल्यात् क्रमात्-स्थान-नियोगतः ॥ ५४ ॥
ऊर्ध्वोर्ध्वमित्यपानस्य कुम्भकोर्ध्वजसंज्ञितः ।
परकाय-प्रवेशः स्याद् घटिका-द्वितयोन्मिते ॥ ५५ ॥
kṛkāṭikā-pṛṣṭha-pārṣṇi-pṛṣṭhānteṣu sthitaḥ śaśī |
recakābhyāsa-bāhulyāt kramāt-sthāna-niyogataḥ || 54 ||
ūrddhvordhvamityapānasya kumbhakordhvajasaṃjñitaḥ |
parakāya-praveśaḥ syād ghaṭikā-dvitayonmite || 55 ||
Translation
Sasi is situated in the neck, back, heel and the lower back. When one practises frequent recakas and by visualising concentrates on apana from place to place, it is called urdhvaja-kumbhaka. Practice of this for two ghatikas (48 minutes) leads to parakaya-pravesa siddhi (ability to enter into another body).54-55
Mṛga Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 56
अपानं कटिदेशस्य पृष्ठ-भागे विधारयेत्
सदा चेत् कुम्भकस्-तज्-जिन्-मृग इत्युच्यते बुधैः
apānaṃ kaṭideśasya pṛṣṭha-bhāge vidhārayet
sadā cet Kumbhakas-taj-jin-mṛga ityucyate budhaiḥ
Translation
According to the learned, when apana is
continuously held in the back of the hip
region, it is known as Mrga-Kumbhaka.
Samana Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 62
नाभावापूर्य वायुश्-चेद्-देहे व्याप्य विधारितः
कुम्भिते ज्वलनं ध्यायेत् समानस्य तु कुम्भकः
nābhāvāpūrya vāyuś-ced-dehe vyāpya vidhāritaḥ
kumbhite jvalanaṃ dhyāyet samānasya tu Kumbhakaḥ
Translation
When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka.

Samana Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 63
मुद्रासु वक्ष्यते कुम्भ उड्डियानो महाफलः
एजते प्रज्वलेत् स्विद्येद्-रोम-कूपेषु मोचयेत्
तम्-एव व्यापकं योगी सोऽयं नकुलीश-मतं तथा
mudrāsu vakṣyate kumbha uḍḍīyāno mahāphalaḥ
ejate prajvalet svidyed-roma-kūpeṣu mocayet
tam-eva vyāpakaṁ yogī so'yaṁ nakulīśa-mataṁ tathā
Translation Description: This practice is recommended in Mudrās, as it results in attaining Uḍḍīyāna. This is explained in terms of movement, heat, perspiration, and sensation in the pores extensively experienced by a Yogī. This is the opinion of Nakulīśa.
Samana Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 64
क्षुत्-तृट्-क्षयो वह्नि-दीप्तिः क्षत-भग्नावरोहणम्
समान-कुम्भकाभ्यासात् फलं स्याद्-इति शङ्करः
kṣut-tṛṭ-kṣayo vahni-dīptiḥ kṣata-bhagnāvarohaṇam
samāna-kumbhakābhyāsāt phalaṁ syād-iti śaṅkaraḥ
Translation The results are: control of hunger and thirst, increased gastric fire, (quick) healing of wounds and fractures.
Pranayama
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Haṭhapradīpikā of Svātmārāma
(Chapter 4, Verse 8)
पद्मासनस्थितो योगी नाडीद्वारेषु पूरयेत् ॥
मारुतं धारयेद् यस्तु स मुक्तो नात्र संशयः ॥ ८ ॥
padmāsanathito yogī nāḍīdvāreṣu pūrayet ||
mārutam dhārayed yastu sa mukto nātra saṁśayaḥ || 8 ||
Translation Sitting in Padmāsana, a Yogī should inhale through the nostrils and retain the breath. Thus one undoubtedly becomes liberated. 8.
Vyana Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 66
पूरयित्वान्तरा सम्यग् हृज्-जगद्-व्याप्ति-योगतः
सर्वाङ्गस्याकुञ्चनेन कुम्भिते सूक्ष्म-चिन्तनात्
पार्वती-वक्त्रभेनोक्तः सम्यक् व्यानस्य कुम्भकः
pūrayitvāntarā samyag hrj-jagad-vyāpti-Yogataḥ sarvāṅgasyākuñcanena kumbhite sūkṣma-cintanāt pārvatī-vaktrabhenoktaḥ samyak vyānasya Kumbhakaḥ
Translation
Vyana Kumbhaka as described by Parvati
as completely filling the chest and
contracting the whole body during
Kumbhaka with subtle concentration.

Vyana Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 67
न शस्त्रैश्-छिद्यते नापः क्लेदयन्त्यविष-क्रमः
शीतोष्णयोस्-तथासङ्गो रोग-नाशश्-च जायते
na śastraiś-chidyate nāpaḥ kledayantyaviṣa-kramaḥ śītoṣṇayos-tathāsaṅgo roga-nāśaś-ca jāyate
Translation Protection from weapons, water and poisons, immunity from cold and heat and removal of diseases.
Kṛtti-Sreṣṭha-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 69
नोभ्यां चाकर्षयेद्-वायुं बलात् हृत्-स्थानम्-आनयेत्
उत्कृष्योत्कृष्य हृत्-स्थानात् कण्ठ-तालौ भ्रुवोऽन्तरे
मूर्द्ध्नन्तं चेद्-गतायात-कृत्ति-श्रेष्ठाख्य-कुम्भकः
nobhyāṁ cākarṣayed-vāyuṁ balāt hṛt-sthānam-ānayet utkṛṣyotkṛṣya hṛt-sthānāt kaṇṭha-tālau bhruvo'ntare mūrdhnāntaṁ ced-gatāyāta-kṛtti-śreṣṭhākhya-Kumbhakaḥ
Translation One should forcibly raise the vayu bringing it into the chest through nostrils and from there take it further to the throat, palate, mid-brow, top of the head and retain it there. This is kṛtti-śreṣṭha-Kumbhaka.
Prakṛti-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 70
वान्वितेनाशुगं कर्षेन् कुर्वन्तूच्चतरं स्वनम्
धारयेच्-चेद्-उदानस्य प्रकृतिः कुम्भकः स्मृतः
vānvitenaśugaṁ karṣen kurvantūccataraṁ svanam dhārayec-ced-udānasya prakṛtiḥ Kumbhakaḥ smṛtaḥ
Translation Sucking the air with a loud sound with (bija mantra) 'va' and holding it is known as Prakṛti-Kumbhaka.
Prakrti-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 71
जले पङ्के कण्टकेषु न सङ्गः स्यात्-कदाचन
खगत्वम्-उत्क्रान्तिर्-अपोत्येतत् फलम्-उदाहृतम्
jale panke kantakeșu na sangaḥ syāt-kadācana
khagatvam-utkrāntir-apityetat phalam-udāhṛtam
Translation
The results of this Kumbhaka are
mentioned in terms of remaining ever
unaffected by water, mud and thorns and
also attaining ability to levitate.

Naga Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 77
ओदन-ग्रासवद्-वायुं कण्ठेनापूरयेच्-शनैः
तं रोधयेद्-यथाकालं बध्वा जालन्धरं दृढम्
odana-grāsavad-vāyuṁ kaṇṭhenāpūrayec-chanaiḥ
taṁ rodhayed-yathākālaṁ badhvā jālandharaṁ dṛḍham
Translation One should swallow the air slowly into the throat like a morsel of rice, retaining it to the capacity, with firm application of Jalandhara-bandha and then expel it from the throat.
Naga Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 78
कण्ठेन रेचनम् कुर्यान्-नग-कुम्भह् सिवोदितह्
क्सुधम् जयेत् पिपसम् च फलम्-अस्य समीरितम्
kaṇṭhena recanaṁ kuryān-nāga-kumbhaḥ śivoditaḥ
kṣudhāṁ jayet pipāsāṁ ca phalam-asya samīritam
Translation This is Naga-Kumbhaka explained by Siva. By this practice one is able to control hunger and thirst.
Kūrma-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatih 79
निमिलोन्मीलने त्यक्त्वा पिथे कस्थम्-इव स्थितिह्
नेत्रयोस्-च शरीरस्य कुर्म-कुम्भह् स उच्यते
भवतो'भ्यस-वसन्-मनो-वतौ स्थिरवुभौ
nimīlonmīlane tyaktvā pīṭhe kāṣṭham-iva sthitiḥ
netrayoś-ca śarīrasya kūrma-kumbhaḥ sa ucyate
bhavato'bhyāsa-vaśān-mano-vātau sthirāvubhau
Translation When the blinking of the eyes are controlled and one becomes perfectly steady in the asana like a log of wood and devoid of movements of the eyes and the body, it is called Kūrma-Kumbhaka. With the practice of this Kumbhaka, one attains steadiness of vayu and mind.
Kṛkara Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 80
तर्जन्यनामिकेऽङ्गुष्ठ-मर्दिते क्षुत-सम्भवे
क्षुत-संहरणः कुम्भः कृकरस्य जय-प्रदः
tarjanyanāmike'ṅguṣṭha-marddite kṣuta-sambhave kṣuta-saṁharaṇaḥ kumbhaḥ kṛkarasya jaya-pradaḥ
Translation When there is a possibility of sneezing, one should rub the index and ring fingers with the thumb. This obviously does not include the process of Kumbhaka.
Sahitaḥ Kumbhakaḥ
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 85
पूर-रेच-युतः कुम्भो वायोर-यत्र विधीयते
सहितः कुम्भकः स स्यात् सहितः सर्व-सिद्धये
pūra-reca-yutaḥ kumbho vāyor-yatra vidhīyate sahitaḥ Kumbhakaḥ sa syāt sahitaḥ sarva-siddhaye
Translation When vāyu is restrained with Pūraka, Kumbhaka and Recaka, it is Sahita-Kumbhaka, which brings all the benefits.
Sahitaḥ Kumbhakaḥ
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 86
सहितं कुम्भकं कुर्वन्-नाडी-शुद्धिं च विन्दति
केवलं कुम्भकं नाद-श्रवणं सिद्धयोऽखिलाः
sahitaṁ Kumbhakaṁ kurvan-nāḍī-śuddhiṁ ca vindati kevalaṁ Kumbhakaṁ nāda-śravaṇaṁ siddhayo'khilāḥ
Translation Sahita Kumbhaka brings purification of all the nāḍīs, while Kevala-Kumbhaka leads to hearing of mystical sounds and bestows all the supernatural powers.
Agni soma Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 87
सूर्येण पूरयेत् प्राणम् कुम्भयित्वा यथा-विधिः
रेचयेद्-अन्य-मार्गेण पुनस्-तेन प्रपूरयेत्
येन त्यजेत्-तेनापूर्य चाग्नि-षोमाख्य-कुम्भकः
sūryeṇa pūrayet prāṇaṁ kumbhayitvā yathā-vidhiḥ recayed-anya-mārgeṇa punas-tena prapūrayet yena tyajet-tenāpūrya cāgni-ṣomākhya-Kumbhakaḥ
Translation Prāṇa should be inhaled through sūrya-nāḍī (right-nostril) and after retaining the same as prescribed, one should exhale through the other nostril, and again inhale by the same side though which one has exhaled. It is known as Agni-soma-Kumbhaka.
Santha Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 90
कायस्यान्तर्-बहिर्-व्याप्तिः शान्त-कुम्भक उदाहृतः
स्थानयोर्-अन्तरे रुद्ध्वा कुम्भयेत्-यदि मारुतम्
kāyasyāntar-bahir-vyāptiḥ śānta-Kumbhaka udāhṛtaḥ
sthānayor-antare ruddhvā kumbhayet-yadi mārutam
Translation
Restrain the vayu inside and visualising
its presence inside and outside of the
body is called Santha-Kumbhaka.
ṛṣi-prokta-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 93
स्थानात् स्थानं समाकृष्य यद्-अष्ट-दशकेष्वपि
ऋषि-प्रोक्तः स कुम्भः स्यात् प्रत्याहारस्-तु कुम्भनात्
sthānāt sthānaṁ samākṛṣya yad-aṣṭa-daśakeṣvapi
ṛṣi-proktaḥ sa kumbhaḥ syāt pratyāhāras-tu kumbhanāt
Translation Withdrawing prana from all the eighteen vital points, one after another in sequence (during Kumbhaka), becomes ṛṣi-prokta-Kumbhaka. This process of Kumbhaka is Pratyahara.
ṛṣi-prokta-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 94-95
पादाङ्गुष्ठौ गुल्फौ जङ्घा-मूलं चितेर्-मूलम्
मध्यं जान्वोर्-उरुपायोर्-मूलं स्वदेह-मध्यं च
लिङ्ग-नाभि-हृदयं कण्ठादस्-तालु-मूलं च
घोणा-मूलं नयने भ्रू-मध्यं वज्र-कन्दकम्
pādāṅguṣṭho gulpho jaṅghā-mūlaṁ
citer-mūlammadhyaṁ jānvor-urupāyor-mūlaṁ svadeha-madhyaṁ ca
liṅga-nābhi-hṛdayaṁ kaṇṭhādas-tālu-mūlaṁ ca
ghoṇā-mūlaṁ nayane bhrū-madhyaṁ vajra-kandakam
Translation (The eighteen vital points are as follows-) toes, ankle, root of the thigh, some part of the head of tibia, center of the knee, thigh, anus, Center of the body, generative organ, navel, heart, root of the throat, root of the palate, root of the nose, eyes, middle of the eyebrows and vajra-kanda (sahasrara).

Sama Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 99
आरेकपूरा मनसा नाभ्याद्-आशुगं धृतिः
समः कुम्भो भगवता प्रोक्तः श्री-चन्द्र-मौलिना
ārekapūrā manasā nābhyād-āśugaṁ dhṛtiḥ
samaḥ kumbho bhagavatā proktaḥ śrī-candra-maulinā
Translation Without actually inhaling or exhaling, when one mentally holds the prāṇa in the regions like navel, etc. it is described as Sama-Kumbhaka by Bhagavān Candra-mauli (Śiva)
karṣaka-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 100
यावन्-निरोध-सामर्थ्यं कर्षकः कुम्भको द्विधा
yāvan-nirodha-sāmarthyaṁ karṣakaḥ kumbhako dvidhā
Translation
According to the capacity of retention,
Karṣaka-Kumbhaka is two-fold.
utkarṣa-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 101
नासा-मूलं मुद्रयित्वा तद्-अग्रे रेच-पूरकौ
कुर्याद्-उत्कर्षकां कुम्भः स्वयम्-उक्तः स्वयम्भुवा
nāsā-mūlaṁ mudrayitvā tad-agre reca-pūrakau
kuryād-utkarṣakaṁ kumbhaḥ svayam-uktaḥ svayambhuvā
Translation Before doing Recaka and Pūraka, one should close the nose (at its root) and practice Utkarṣa-Kumbhaka narrated by Svayambhu (Śiva).
apakarṣaka-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 102
घ्राणार्धं मुद्रयित्वाधोभागे यद्-रेच-पूरकौ
कुर्यात्-स ब्रह्मणा प्रोक्तः कुम्भको ह्यपकर्षकः
ghrāṇārdhaṁ mudrayitvādhobhāge yad-reca-pūrakau
kuryāt-sa brahmaṇā proktaḥ kumbhako hyapakarṣakaḥ
Translation Partially closing the nose and doing Recaka-Pūraka is Apakarṣaka-Kumbhaka stated by Brahmā.
karṣaka-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 103
दीर्घः सूक्ष्मो भवेच्-श्वासः कर्षके कुम्भके कृते
dīrghaḥ sūkṣmo bhavec-chvāsaḥ karṣake kumbhake kṛte
Translation With the practice of Karṣaka-Kumbhaka (utkarṣa and apakarṣaka), the breath becomes prolonged and subtle.
Sahaja Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 104
नोभ्याम्-आरं समाकृष्य कुण्डल्यः पार्श्वयोः क्षिपेत्
गच्छता तिष्ठता श्वस-धारणं न बलाद्-यदा
अनिशं सहजः कुम्भः प्रोक्तः श्रि-कृत्तिवाससा
nobhyām-āram samākṛṣya kuṇḍalyāḥ pārśvayoḥ kṣipet
gacchatā tiṣṭhatā śvasa-dhāraṇaṁ na balād-yadā
aniśaṁ sahajaḥ kumbhaḥ proktaḥ śri-kṛttivāsasā
Translation Inhaling prāṇa through the nose and carrying it along the kuṇḍalī, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is Sahaja-Kumbhaka narrated by Śrī- kṛttivāsa (Śiva)
Sahaja Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 105
नाडीशुद्धिं तथारोग्यं सुसुखं दीर्घ-जीवनम्
नादश्रुतिः पाप-नाशः सहजाभ्यासतो भवेत्
nāḍīśuddhiṁ tathārogyaṁ susukhaṁ dīrgha-jīvanaṁ
nādaśrutiḥ pāpa-nāśaḥ sahajābhyāsato bhavet
Translation With the practice of this Sahaja-Kumbhaka, one gets purification of the nāḍīs, health, longevity, hearing of the mystical sounds and removal of all the blemishes.
sankha Kumbhakas and cakras
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 106
दक्ष-वामावर्त-भेदाच्-चक्र-सङ्खौ द्विधोदितौ
dakṣa-vāmāvarta-bhedāc-cakra-saṅkhau dvidhoditau
Translation By the distinction of right and left, Cakra and Śaṅkha Kumbhakas become two-fold.
dakṣiṇāvartta cakra Kumbhaka and sūrya bedhana
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 107
सूर्येणापूर्य मरुतं कुम्भयेत्-उदर-स्थितम्
रेचयेद्-इन्दुना भूयस्-तथा दक्षेण पूरयेत्
कुम्भयेद्-इडया रिच्यद्-दक्षिणावर्त्त-चक्रकः
sūryeṇāpūrya marutaṁ kumbhayet-udara-sthitam
recayed-indunā bhūyas-tathā dakṣeṇa pūrayet
kumbhayed-iḍayā ricyād-dakṣiṇāvartta-cakrakaḥ
Translation Taking breath through sūrya-nāḍī (right nostril) and after retaining it in the cavity, one should exhale though indu-nāḍī (left nostril). Then again one should inhale through the right nostril and exhale through the left nostril after retention. This is Dakṣiṇāvatra-cakra-Kumbhaka and Sūrya bedhana. The difference lies only in their names.
Vāmāvarta (cakra Kumbhaka)
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 108
विलोमोऽयं चक्रकुम्भो वांआवर्तः शिवोदितः
vilomo'yaṃ cakrakumbho vāmāvartaḥ śivoditaḥ
Translation
Doing It in reverse order, it is called
Vāmāvarta (Cakra Kumbhaka) by Śiva.
Sūrya and candra Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 109
सूर्य-चन्द्राविमौ कुम्भौ द्रुहिणेन पुरोदितौ
अत्युष्ण-शीतलावैतौ देश-काल-प्रयोजितौ
sūrya-candrāvimau kumbhau druhiṇena puroditau
atyuṣṇa-śītalāvetau deśa-kāla-prayojitau
Translation According to Druhiṇa (Śiva), these are called Sūrya and Candra Kumbhakas respectively. These being of the nature of heat and cold they should be practiced taking into consideration the region and season.
Cakra and Śaṅkha-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 110
चक्र-कुम्भं द्विधा कुर्याद्-अग्निसोमं तथैकधा
शङ्ख-कुम्भोऽयम्-ईशेन पूर्ववद् द्विविधः स्मृतः
cakra-kumbhaṃ dvidhā kuryād-agniṣomaṃ tathaikadhā
śaṅkha-kumbho'yam-īśena pūrvavad dvividhaḥ smṛtaḥ
Translation Cakra Kumbhaka should be practiced twice while Agni-ṣoma once. Śaṅkha-Kumbhaka is also described two-fold as Cakra-Kumbhaka explained before.
Cakra and Śaṅkha-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 111
कौष्ण्यम्-ईषच्-छितलता कुम्भयोर्-अनयोर्-भवेत्
kauṣṇyam-īṣac-chītalatā kumbhayor-anayor-bhavet
Translation With these two varieties of Kumbhaka, one experiences warmth and cold.
Gadā-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 112
उभाभ्यां पूरणं यत्र रेचनं सूर्य-वर्त्मना
गदा-कुम्भः शिवेनोक्तो योगिनो बल-कारकः
ubhābhyāṃ pūraṇaṃ yatra recanaṃ sūrya-vartmanā
gadā-kumbhaḥ śivenokto yogino bala-kārakaḥ
Translation Inhalation though both the nostrils and exhalation through the right nostril (sūrya-nāḍī) is called Gadā-Kumbhaka by Śiva, which gives vigour to the Yogis.
pranayama
| Gadā-Kumbhaka | | :--- | | Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण | | Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 113 |
हं सूर्यो रेफ इत्युक्तः स सोमः च स्मृतो बुधैः
सानुस्वारौ बीज-मन्त्रौ सिद्धिदौ योगिनाविमौ
haṃ sūryo repha ityuktaḥ sa somaḥ ca smṛṭo budhaiḥ
sānusvārau bīja-mantrau siddhidau yogināvimau
Translation According to the learned, 'ha' represents Sūrya which is situated below, while 'sa' represents Soma (candra). With the addition of nasal sound, these become bīja-mantras (haṃ, raṃ, and saṃ), which lead the Yogīs to success.
| Gadā-Kumbhaka | | :--- | | Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण | | Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 114 |
एकयापूर्य परया रेचनाद्-हंस-चिन्तनात्
यथा-शक्त्या निरुध्याथ पूर्य रेचितया पुनः
ekayāpūrya parayā recanād-haṃsa-cintanāt
yathā-śaktyā nirudhyātha pūrya recitayā punaḥ
Translation One should inhale through the right nostril and after holding the breath to the capacity, exhale through the other nostril while contemplating on haṃsa. Again inhale through the nostril through which one has exhaled.
| Nādī Śuddhi Kumbhaka | | :--- | | Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण | | Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 115 |
एवं नाड्योर्-विभेदेन चतुः-कालेषु विंशतिः
कुम्भकान् यदि कुर्वीत नाडी-शुद्ध्याख्य-कुम्भकः
evaṃ nāḍyor-vibhedena catuḥ-kāleṣu viṃśatiḥ
kumbhakān yadi kurvīta nāḍī-śuddhyākhya-kumbhakaḥ
Translation When this is practiced with alternate nostrils with twenty Kumbhakas four times a day, this is known as (Nādī) śuddhi-Kumbhaka.
| Gadā-Kumbhaka | | :--- | | Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण | | Kumbhaka Paddhatiḥ 116 |
ग्रीष्म-मध्यन्दिनाधर्भाभं नाभौ सवितृ-मण्डलम्
सूर्य-नाड्या कृते कुम्भे ध्यात्वा शुद्ध्यन्ति नाडिकाः
grīṣma-madhyandinārdhābhaṃ nābhau savitṛ-maṇḍalam
sūrya-nāḍyā kṛte kumbhe dhyātvā śuddhyanti nāḍikāḥ
Translation When one practices Kumbhaka after inhaling through the right nostril and concentrating in the navel on the orb of the mid-day sun of the summer, all the nāḍīs are purified.
Pranayama left nostril (with mantra Hrim)
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Kundali-Upanishad I 26-29
मायाबीजं षोडशधा जप्त्वा वामेन वायुना ।
पूरयेदात्मनो देहं चतुःषष्ठ्या तु कुम्भयेत् ॥ ११९ ॥
māyābījaṃ ṣoḍaśadhā japtvā vāmena vāyunā |
pūrayedātmano dehaṃ catuḥṣaṣṭyā tu kumbhayet || 119 ||
Translation Thereupon reciting the mantra 'hrim' sixteen times and drawing air through his left nostril, he should fill up his body with it; and then reciting it sixty-four times he should practice Kumbhaka. 119
Pranayama right nostril (with mantra Hrim)
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga Kundali-Upanishad I 26-29
कनिष्ठानमिकाङ्गुष्ठैर्धृत्वा नासाद्वयं सुधीः ।
द्वात्रिंशता जपन् बीजं वायुं दक्षिणेन रेचयेत् ॥ १२० ॥
kaniṣṭhānāmikāṅguṣṭhairdhṛtvā nāsādvayaṃ sudhīḥ |
dvātriṃśatā japan bījaṃ vāyuṃ dakṣeṇa recayet || 120 ||
Translation Thereupon obstructing the right nostril with the thumb he should, while reciting the mantra 'hrim', send out the air. He should thus practice Puraka, Kumbhaka and Rechaka in his right nostril. 120
Pranayama followed by Rishi Nyasa
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Mahanirvani Tantram V, 121
पुनः पुनस्त्रिरावृत्या प्राणायाम इति स्मृतः ।
प्राणायामं विधायेत्थमृषिन्यासं समाचरेत् ॥ १२१ ॥
punaḥ punastrirāvṛtyā prāṇāyāma iti smṛtaḥ |
prāṇāyāmaṃ vidhāyetthamṛṣinyāsaṃ samācaret || 121 ||
Translation He should practice it again and again. This is called Pranayama. After finishing Pranayama he should practice Rishi Nyasa. 121
Kumbhaka at 3 points in the body
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Darshanopanishad VI. 22-23
विनियोगान् प्रवक्ष्यामि प्राणायामस्य सुव्रत ।
संध्ययोर्ब्राह्मकालेऽपि मध्याह्ने वाथवा सदा ॥ २१ ॥
बाह्यं प्राणं समाकृष्य पूरयित्वोदरेण च ।
नासाग्रे नाभिमध्ये च पादाङ्गुष्ठे च धारणात् ॥ २२ ॥
सर्वरोगविनिर्मुक्तो जीवेद्वर्षशतं नरः ।
viniyogān pravakṣyāmi prāṇāyāmasya suvrata |
saṃdhyayorbrāhmakāle'pi madhyāhne vāthavā sadā || 21 ||
bāhyaṃ prāṇaṃ samākṛṣya pūrayitvodareṇa ca |
nāsāgre nābhimadhye ca pādāṅguṣṭhe ca dhāraṇāt || 22 ||
sarvarogavinirmukto jīvedvarṣaśataṃ naraḥ |
Translation Drawing in the Prana air outside and filling up with (that in) the belly, in the morning and evening twilights, in the hour before the dawn (Brahma) at noon or at all times, and holding it at the tip of the nose, in the middle navel and at the big toes of the feet, the man will live for a hundred years, free of all diseases.
Benefits of 3 points Kumbhaka
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Darshanopanishad VI. 23 - 24
नासाग्रधारणाद्वापि जितो भवति सुव्रत ॥ २३ ॥
सर्वरोगनिवृत्तिः स्यान्नाभिमध्ये तु धारणात् ।
शरीरलघुता विप्र पादाङ्गुष्ठनिरोधनात् ॥ २४ ॥
nāsāgradhāraṇādvāpi jito bhavati suvrata || 23 ||
sarvaroganivṛttiḥ syānnābhimadhye tu dhāraṇāt |
śarīralaghutā vipra pādāṅguṣṭhanirodhanāt || 24 ||
Translation By one holding it at the tip of the nose, O thou of austere vow! will (the Prana air) be brought under complete control, by holding it /in the middle of the navel there will be avoidance of all diseases; by confining it to the big toes of the feet, O Brahman, there will be lightness of the body.
Kumbhaka at brow center
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Darshanopanishad VI. 27
इडया वायुमाकृष्य भ्रुवोर्मध्ये निरोधयेत् ।
यः पिबेदमृतं शुद्धं व्याधिभिर्मुच्यते हि सः ॥ २७ ॥
iḍayā vāyumākṛṣya bhruvormadhye nirodhayet |
yaḥ pibedamṛtaṃ śuddhaṃ vyādhibhirmucyate hi saḥ || 27 ||
Translation He who, after inhaling the air through the Ida, confines it at the middle of the eyebrows, will drink pure nectar and will surely be released from all diseases.
| Kumbhaka at navel center | इडया वेदतत्त्वज्ञ तथा पिङ्गल्यैव च । | Translation |
|---|---|---|
| Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Darshanopanishad VI 28 | नाभौ निरोधयेत्तेन व्याधिभिर्मुच्यते नरः ॥ २८ ॥ iḍayā vedatattvajña tathā piṅgalayaiva ca । nābhau nirodhayettena vyādhibhirmucyate naraḥ ॥ 28 ॥ | O thou, the knower of the truth of the Veda! He who confines (the air inhaled), through the Ida as well as the Pingala, In the navel, that man is released from all diseases. |
| Kumbhakas at the eyes | नासाभ्यां वायुमाकृष्य नेत्रद्वन्द्वे निरोधयेत् ॥ ३० ॥ | Translation |
|---|---|---|
| Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Darshanopanishad VI. 30-31 | नेत्ररोगा विनश्यन्ति तथा श्रोत्रनिरोधनात् । तथा वायुं समारोप्य धारयेच्छिरसि स्थितम् ॥ ३१ ॥ शिरोरोगा विनश्यन्ति सत्यमुक्तं हि सांकृते । nāsābhyāṁ vāyumākṛṣya netradvandve nirodhayet ॥ 30 ॥ netrarogā vinaśyanti tathā śrotranirodhanāt । tathā vāyuṁ samāropya dhārayecchirasi sthitam ॥ 31 ॥ śirorogā vinaśyanti satyamuktaṁ hi sāṁkṛte । | Should he confine the air in the pair of eyes, after inhaling it through the nostrils, all eye-diseases vanish; so also, by confinement (of air) in the two ears (all ear-diseases); similarly after inhaling the air, should he hold it in the head, all diseases of the head vanish. The truth has been told O Samkrti. |
| Pranayama and Hamsa Mantra | प्राणापानवशो जीवो ह्यधश्चोर्ध्वं प्रधावति । | Translation |
|---|---|---|
| Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Yoga-Sikhopanishad VI. 51-54 | वामदक्षिणमार्गेण चञ्चलत्वान्न दृश्यते ॥ ५१ ॥ आक्षिप्तो भुजदण्डेन यथोच्छलति कन्दुकः । प्राणापानसमाक्षिप्तस्तथा जीवो न विश्रमेत् ॥ ५२ ॥ अपानः कर्षति प्राणं प्राणोऽपानं च कर्षति । हकारेण बहिर्याति सकारेण विशेत् पुनः ॥ ५३ ॥ | With the sound of '"Ha"' it goes out (the breath) and with the sound of '"Sa"' it enters again. The Jiva ever utters this Mantra, '"Hamsa, Hamsa"'— thus. The Jiva knowing this becomes the Imperishable (Brahman), (by conceiving, '"I am the imperishable"', and simultaneously with the dawning of such knowledge becomes the Brahman). |
He who knows this is the real knower of Yoga.
Note: The Brahman referred in Upanishads is Pure Consciousness and Sadashiva is the source of the Pure Consciousness.

Pranava mantra with Pranayama
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Sandilyopanishad VI. 5
इड्या बाह्याद्वायुमापूर्य षोडशमात्राभिरकारं चिन्तयन्
पूरितं वायुं चतुःषष्टिमात्राभिः कुम्भयित्वोंकारं ध्यायन्
पूरितं पिङ्गलया द्वात्रिंशन्मात्रया मकारमूर्त्तिध्यानेनैवेवं
क्रमेण पुनः पुनः कुर्यात् ॥ ५ ॥
iḍayā bāhyādvāyumāpūrya ṣoḍaśamātrābhirakāraṁ cintayan
pūritaṁ vāyuṁ catuḥṣaṣṭimātrābhiḥ kumbhayitvoṁkāraṁ dhyāyan
pūritaṁ piṅgalayā dvātriṁśanmātrayā makāramūrtidhyānenaivam
krameṇa punaḥ punaḥ kuryāt || 5 ||
Translation In-filling the air from outside, through the Ida, conceiving the syllable 'A' with sixteen Matra-s, with the in-filled air making the Kumbhaka with sixty-four Matra-s, meditating on the Om-kara, (the Yogin should expel) the in-filled air through the Pingala of thirty-six Matra-s, along with the meditation of the form of the syllable 'M'. In this manner he should again and again practice in the (aforesaid) order.
Pranayama with Mantra Intro
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Mahanirvani Tantram, III. 44
प्राणायामं ततः कुर्यान् मूलेन प्रणवेन वा ।
मध्यमानामिकाभ्याञ्च दक्षहस्तस्य पार्वति ॥ ४४ ॥
prāṇāyāmaṁ tataḥ kuryān mūlena praṇavena vā |
madhyamānāmikābhyāñca dakṣahastasya pārvati || 44 ||
Translation
Then O Parvati, (the devotee) should
practice Pranayama, while reciting the
Mula Mantra or the Pranava. 44

Pranayama with Mantra- Part 1
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Mahanirvani Tantram, III, 45
वामनासापुटं धृत्वा दक्षनासापुटेन च ।
पूरयेत् पवनं मन्त्री मूलमष्टमितं जपन् ॥ ४५ ॥
vāmanāsāpuṭaṁ dhṛtvā dakṣanāsāpuṭena ca | pūrayet pavanaṁ mantrī mūlamaṣṭamitaṁ japan || 45 ||
Translation O Parvati, pressing the left nostril with the middle and ring finger of the right hand, and reciting the Mula Mantra for eight times, he should fill himself with air through his right nostril. 45
Pranayama with Mantra- Part 2
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Mahanirvani Tantram. III. 46
अङ्गुष्ठेन दक्षनासां धृत्वा कुम्भकयोगतः ।
जपेद्द्वात्रिंशताऽवृत्त्या ततो दक्षिणनासया ॥ ४६ ॥
aṅguṣṭhena dakṣanāsāṁ dhṛtvā Kumbhakayogataḥ | japeddvātriṁśatā'vṛttyā tato dakṣiṇanāsayā || 46 ||
Translation Then pressing his right nostril with the thumb of his right hand, he should suspending respiration practice the Yoga Kumbhaka, recite the Mula Mantra for two and thirty times. 46
Pranayama with Mantra- Part 3
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Mahanirvani Tantram. III. 47
शनैःशनैस्त्यजेद्वायुं जपन् षोडशधा मनुम् ।
वामनासापुटेऽप्येवं पूरकुम्भकरेचकम् ॥ ४७ ॥
śanaiḥśanaistyajedvāyuṁ japan ṣoḍaśadhā manum | vāmanāsāpuṭe'pyevaṁ pūraKumbhakarecakam || 47 ||
Translation Then reciting the Manu for sixteen times he should expel the air slowly by means of his right nostril. In this way also he should practice Puraka and Kumbhaka and Rechaka, pressing the left nostril. (47)
Pranayama with Mantra- Part 4
Śāstra Pramāṇa शास्त्र प्रमाण Mahanirvani Tantram. III. 48
पुनर्दक्षिणतः कुर्यात् पूर्ववत् सुरपूजिते ।
प्राणायामविधिः प्रोक्तो ब्रह्ममन्त्रस्य साधने ॥ ४८ ॥
punardakṣiṇataḥ kuryāt pūrvavat surapūjite | prāṇāyāmavidhiḥ prokto brahmamantrasya sādhane || 48 ||
Translation
Then O Parvati, (the devotee) should
practice Pranayama, while reciting the
Mula Mantra or the Pranava. 44

Tatva- Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 122-125
तत्वादौ पूरयेद्-वायुं तत्-तत्वान्ते विरेचयेत् ।
तत्व-कुम्भः स गदितः पञ्चधा तत्व-भेदतः ॥ १२२ ॥
तत्-तत्-तत्व-गुणं योगी शीतोष्ण-कठिनादिकम् ।
लभते तत्व-कुम्भेन कुण्डली-बोधनाद्यपि ॥ १२३ ॥
तत्-तत्वोदये चापूर्य पञ्च-तत्वेषु कुम्भयेत् ।
तत्-तत्वोदयने तत्व-जयः श्वसन-रेचनात् ॥ १२४ ॥
तत्-तत्-तत्व-जयं कुर्याच्-छरीरं दिव्यम्-अद्भुतम् ।
कुम्भकस्-तत्व-जयनो मोक्ष-मार्गं प्रदर्शयेत् ॥ १२५ ॥
tatvādau pūrayed-vāyuṁ tat-tatvānte virecayet |
tatva-kumbhaḥ sa gaditaḥ pañcadhā tatva-bhedataḥ || 122 ||
tat-tat-tatva-guṇaṁ yogī śītoṣṇa-kaṭhinādikam |
labhate tatva-kumbhena kuṇḍalī-bodhanādyapi || 123 ||
tat-tatvodaye cāpūrya pañca-tatveṣu kumbhayet |
tat-tatvodayane tatva-jayaḥ śvasana-recanāt || 124 ||
tat-tat-tatva-jayaṁ kuryāc-charīraṁ divyam-adbhūtam |
Kumbhakas-tatva-jayano mokṣa-mārgaṁ pradarśayet || 125 ||
Translation One should inhale before the rise of a particular tatva (element) and exhale at the end of that tatva. This is called Tatva-Kumbhaka which is five-fold according to the five tatvas. Through the practice of Tatva-Kumbhaka, kuṇḍalinī is aroused and a Yogī is able to attain the qualities of a particular tatva like cold, heat, hardness, etc. On the rise of a particular tatva, one should inhale, retain and exhale.
This is practised during (the rise of) all the five tatvas (elements). This leads to control over the tatvas. With the control of the elements, one attains divine body. Kumbhaka practised during the control of the elements leads to moksha (liberation).

Suryabhedana-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 126-127
दिनेश-वर्त्मनाकृष्य बाह्य-वायुं सशब्दकम् ॥
यावद् हृत्-कण्ठ-योगः स्याद्-आनखाग्र-शिखाग्रकम् ॥ १२६ ॥
पूरयित्वा यथेष्टम् तं कुम्भितं चेडया त्यजेत् ॥
सूर्य-भेदाख्य-कुम्भोऽयं पुनः पुनर्-इमं चरेत् ॥ १२७ ॥
dineśa-vartmanākṛṣya bāhya-vāyuṁ saśabdakam ||
yāvad hṛt-kaṇṭha-yogaḥ syād-ānakhāgra-śikhāgrakam || 126 ||
pūrayitvā yatheṣṭaṁ taṁ kumbhitaṁ ceḍayā tyajet ||
sūrya-bhedākhya-kumbho'yaṁ punaḥ punar-imaṁ caret || 127 ||
Translation One should inhale the external air through the right nostril with sound, filling the throat to maximum capacity and exhale through Ida (left nostril), after holding the breath. This is Suryabhedana-Kumbhaka which should be practiced again and again.
Candra-Bedhana
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 128
अनेन विधिना चन्द्र-नाड्योक्तश्-चन्द्र-भेदतः ॥ १२८ ॥
anena vidhinā candra-nāḍyoktaś-candra-bhedataḥ || 128 ||
Translation Similarly when one practices starting inhalation through candra-nāḍī (left nostril), it is called Candra-bedhana.
Suryabhedhana
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 129
उदरे वात-दोषघ्नं कृमि-हृत्-कण्ठ-दोषनुत् ।
कपाल-शोधनं सूर्य-भेदनं स्यान्न संशयः ॥
औष्ण्य-शैत्य-करावेतौ पार्वती-पतिनेरितौ ॥ १२९ ॥
udare vāta-doṣaghnaṁ kṛmi-hṛt-kaṇṭha-doṣanut |
kapāla-śodhanaṁ sūrya-bhedanaṁ syānna saṁśayaḥ ||
129auṣṇya-śaitya-karāvetau pārvatī-patineritau || 129 ||
Translation The practice of Sūrya-bhedana undoubtedly removes disorders of vāta humour in the abdomen, disorders of throat, heart, and removes worms and purifies the forehead. According to Śiva, these two produce heat and cold respectively.
| Chandra-bedhana Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 130 | तत्र पुष्टिकराश्-चन्द्र-भेदाह्वः स्यान्-न संशयः । १३० । tatra puṣṭikaraś-candra-bhedāhvaḥ syān-na saṁśayaḥ । 130 । | Translation The practice of Chandra-bedhana undoubtedly brings nourishment. |
|---|---|---|
| Candra-Bedhana Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 128 | अनेन विधिना चन्द्र-नाड्योक्तश्-चन्द्र-भेदतः ॥ १२८ ॥ anena vidhinā candra-nāḍyoktaś-candra-bhedataḥ ॥ 128 ॥ | Translation Similarly when one practices starting inhalation through candra-nāḍī (left nostril), it is called Candra-bedhana. |
| Kumbha-rāja Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 134-135 | बलाद्-आकर्षयेद्-वायुं यावद् घ्राण-समुद्रणम् । कुम्भयेच्-च तथा वायुं कुम्भराजोऽयम्-ईरितः ॥ १३४ ॥ कुर्याद्-वायु-जयं वह्नि-वृद्धिम्र-एषो हि कुम्भकः ॥ १३५ ॥ balād-ākarṣayed-vāyuṁ yāvad ghrāṇa-samudraṇam । kumbhayec-ca tathā vāyuṁ kumbharājo'yam-īritaḥ ॥ 134 ॥ kuryād-vāyu-jayaṁ vahni-vṛddrim-eṣo hi Kumbhakaḥ ॥ 135 ॥ | Translation One should forcefully inhale air and hold the breath by closing the nose properly. This is called Kumbha-rāja. This Kumbhaka brings control over vāyu and increases heat. |
Matra-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 154-157
मात्रा-कुम्भो हृदि कृतः शोषकः सम्प्रकीर्तितः ।
दाहनो नाभि-संस्थानो मात्राकुम्भः प्रकीर्तितः ॥ १५४ ॥
स्वाधिष्ठानगश्-चायं प्लावनोऽमृत-सेचनः ।
मूलाधारे कृतश्-चायं कठिनी-करणो मतः ॥ १५५॥
पुनः कण्ठानगो पञ्च व्यूहनः स्यात् स कुम्भकः ।
ब्रह्म-स्थान-नियोगेन मुक्तिदः परिकीरितः ॥ १५६ ॥
रुद्ध्वा घोणा-युगं कुर्याद्-युगपद्-यदि षट्-क्रमात् ।
भूत-शुद्धिर्-इति प्रोक्त आदिनाथेन शम्भुना ॥ १५७ ॥
mātrā-kumbho hṛdi kṛtaḥ śoṣakaḥ samprakīrtitaḥ |
dāhano nābhi-saṁsthāno mātrākumbhaḥ prakīrtitaḥ || 154 ||
svādhiṣṭhānagaś-cāyaṁ plāvano'mṛta-secanaḥ|
mūlādhāre kṛtaś-cāyaṁ kaṭhinī-karaṇo mataḥ ||155||
punaḥ kaṇṭhānugo pañca vyūhanaḥ syāt sa Kumbhakaḥ |
brahma-sthāna-niyogena muktidaḥ parikīritaḥ || 156 ||
ruddhvā ghoṇā-yugaṁ kuryād-yugapad-yadi ṣaṭ-kramāt |
bhūta-śuddhir-iti prokta ādināthena śambhunā || 157 ||
Translation
If Matra-Kumbhaka is practiced in the chest region, it causes absorption and practiced in the navel region, it generates heat. 154
When practiced in Swadhisthana, it increases the flow of nectar, when practiced in muladhara, one attains stability. 155
When practiced in the region of throat, this Kumbhaka balances the five bhūtas and practiced in the Brahmasthāna (region of Brahmarandhra), it leads to emancipation. 156
According to Ādinātha (Śambhu), if this Kumbhaka is practiced simultaneously in the six regions (stated above) in progression, it leads to purification of the bhūtas. 157

Bhastrika Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 164-166
भस्त्रेव लोह-कारस्य रेच-पूरौ श्रमावधि ।
वेगेन स्तनयोर्-ऊर्ध्वं ततः पूरोऽर्क-वर्त्मना ॥ १६४ ॥
जालन्धरं दृढं बद्ध्वा कुम्भितं चन्द्र-वर्त्मना ॥
रेचयेद् भस्त्रिका-कुम्भः शरीराग्नि-विवर्धनः ॥ १६५ ॥
वात-पित्त-कफ-हृत्-कज-वातं हन्ति गीर्-मुख-कपाटम्-अमोघः ।
शक्तिबोध-जनकस्-त्रितयात्म-ग्रन्थि-निपुणह सुखदोऽयम् ॥ १६६ ॥
bhastreva loha-kārasya reca-pūrau śramāvadhi |
vegena stanayor-ūrdhvaṁ tataḥ pūro'rka-vartmanā || 164 ||
jālandharaṁ dṛḍhaṁ baddhvā kumbhitaṁ candra-vartmanā ||
recayed bhastrikā-kumbhaḥ śarīrāgni-vivardhanaḥ || 165 ||
vāta-pitta-kapha-hṛt-kaja-vātaṁ hanti gīr-mukha-kapāṭam-amoghaḥ |
śaktibodha-janakas-tritayātma-granthi-nipuṇaḥ sukhado'yam || 166 ||
Translation
One should exhale and inhale like the bellows of a blacksmith until fatigue sets in. Then he should rapidly inhale through the right nostril and exhale through the left nostril, after holding the breath performing Jālandhara-bandha.
It is Bhastrikā-Kumbhaka.This increases bodily heat and removes disorders of the three humours called vāta, pitta, kapha. One becomes proficient in speech and learning and gets Kuṇḍalinī aroused which pierces the three knots and bestows happiness.

Antar-Bhastrā
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 167
नासाग्र-मुद्रणं कृत्वा यदन्ता रेच-पूरकौ ।
पूर्ववत् कुम्भकं कुर्याद्-अन्तर्-भस्त्रेयम्-ईरिता ॥ १६७ ॥
nāsāgra-mudraṇaṃ kṛtvā yadantā reca-pūrakau |
pūrvavat Kumbhakaṃ kuryād-antar-bhastreyam-īritā || 167 ||
Translation By closing the nostril, practice exhalation and inhalation to the capacity and hold the breath as stated earlier (before exhalation). This is called Antar-bhastrā.
Antaranga-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 168
सकृद् रेच-पूराभ्यां कुम्भोऽयम् चन्तरङ्गकः ॥ १६८ ॥
sakṛd reca-pūrābhyāṃ kumbho'yam cantaraṅgakaḥ || 168 ||
Translation Retaining the breath after sudden exhalation and inhalation is Antaraṅga-Kumbhaka.
Bhrāmari-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 169
अलि-शब्द-युतं वेगात् पूरयेत्कुम्भयेत्-ततः ।
सालि-शब्दाच्-छनै रेकात् भ्रामरि-कुम्भको मुनेः ॥
आनन्द-लीलां कुरुते भ्रामरि-कुम्भको मुनेः ॥ १६९ ॥
ali-śabda-yutaṃ vegāt pūrayetkumbhayet-tataḥ |
sāli-śabdāc-chanai rekāt bhrāmari-kumbhako muneḥ ||
ānanda-līlāṃ kurute bhrāmari-kumbhako muneḥ || 169 ||
Translation Inhale rapidly producing the sound of a black bee and exhale slowly with the sound of a black bee and exhale slowly with the sound of a black bee after retaining the breath. This is called Bhrāmari-Kumbhaka which produces ecstasy.
Mūrcchanā-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 170
आपूर्य कुम्भितं प्राणं बद्ध्वा जालन्धरं शनैः ॥
रेचयेन्-मूर्च्छना-कुम्भो मनो-मूर्च्छा सुख-प्रदा ॥ १७० ॥
āpūrya kumbhitaṃ prāṇaṃ baddhvā jālandharaṃ śanaiḥ ||
recayen-mūrcchanā-kumbho mano-mūrcchā sukha-pradā || 170 ||
Translation The inhaled air is retained by Jalandhara bandha and exhaled slowly while making Jālandhara-bandha. It is called Mūrcchanā-Kumbhaka which brings enjoyable tranquillity of the mind.
Plāvinī-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 171-172
यथेष्टं पूरयेद्-वायुं बद्धे जालन्धरे दृढे ।
हृदि धृत्वा जले सुप्त्वा प्लाविनी-कुम्भको भवेत् ॥ १७१ ॥
फलके प्लवनानन्दः कुम्भकश्-च निगद्यते ॥ १७२ ॥
yatheṣṭaṁ pūrayed-vāyuṁ baddhe jālandhare dṛḍhe |
hṛdi dhṛtvā jale suptvā plāvinī-kumbhako bhavet || 171 ||
phalake plavanānandaḥ Kumbhakaś-ca nigadyate || 172 ||
Translation After taking the air in and adopting Jālandhara-bandha, when one lies in the water, it becomes Plāvinī-Kumbhaka. This Kumbhaka gives the pleasure as if one floats on a wooden plank.
Śṛṅkhalā, jīvacāla, and Meru
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 173
शृङ्खला-जीव-चाल-मेरुश्-चेति रहस्यकम् ।
विहायान्येषु कुम्भेषु किम्-अर्थम्-अनुधावनम् ॥ १७३ ॥
śṛṅkhalā-jīva-cāla-meruś-ceti rahasyakam |
vihāyānyeṣu kkumbheṣu kim-artham-anudhāvanam || 173 ||
Translation Śṛṅkhalā, Jīvacāla, and Meru are esoteric practices. Without them what is the use of practicing other Kumbhakas?
Antar-Bhastrā
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 167
नासाग्र-मुद्रणं कृत्वा यदन्ता रेच-पूरकौ ।
पूर्ववत् कुम्भकं कुर्याद्-अन्तर्-भस्त्रेयम्-ईरिता ॥ १६७ ॥
nāsāgra-mudraṇaṁ kṛtvā yadantā reca-pūrakau |
pūrvavat Kumbhakaṁ kuryād-antar-bhastreyam-īritā || 167 ||
Translation By closing the nostril, practice exhalation and inhalation to the capacity and hold the breath as stated earlier (before exhalation). This is called Antar-bhastrā.
Śṛṅkhalā
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 175
द्विविधा शृङ्खला प्रोक्ता स्वङ्ग-कुम्भान्तरादिका ॥ १७५ ॥
dvividhā śṛṅkhalā proktā svaṅga-kumbhāntarādikā || 175 ||
Translation Śṛṅkhalā is two-fold, one - Svaṅga-śṛṅkhalā and the other Kumbhāntara-śṛṅkhalā.
Increasing the duration of your Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 176-177
पूरः कुम्भः पुनः पूरः कुम्भ-पूरौ पुनः पुनः ॥
पूरयेत् कुम्भक-श्रान्तः पूर-श्रान्तश्-च कुम्भयेत् ॥ १७६ ॥
पूरकं पूरकं कुर्यात्-तथा कुम्भं च कुम्भकम् ॥
यावच्-छक्तिस्-ततः कुर्याद्-रेचकं कुम्भकं पुनः ॥ १७७ ॥
pūraḥ kumbhaḥ punaḥ pūraḥ kumbha-pūrau punaḥ punaḥ || pūrayet Kumbhaka-śrāntaḥ pūra-śrāntaś-ca kumbhayet || 176 || pūrakam pūrakam kuryāt-tathā kumbham ca Kumbhakam || yāvac-chaktis-tataḥ kuryād-recakaṁ Kumbhakam punaḥ || 177 ||
Translation One should practice Kumbhaka after Pūraka again and again until one is exhausted. One should practice Puraka followed by Pūraka again and again. Similarly, try to retain the breath to the maximum capacity before exhalation.
pranayama
Svanga-Srnkhala
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 178-182
रेचकं कुम्भकं कुर्याद् गुरु-दर्शित-मार्गतः ।
रेचकं रेचकं कुर्यात् स्वङ्ग-शृङ्खलोदिता ॥ १७८ ॥
हंस-वेधं विना नैव कर्त्तव्यश्-च कदाचन ।
ईश्वर-प्रणिधानेन सिध्यते नात्र संशयः ॥ १७९ ॥
ब्रह्म-रन्ध्र-प्रवेशे च कुण्डली-बोधनं परम् ।
नाडी-शुद्धिं मेरु-सिद्धिम्-आरोग्यं च प्रयच्छति ॥
रेचकः क्षीणतां याति पूरकश्-चातिवर्धते ॥ १८१ ॥
यस्य नाथः स विख्यातो नमस्यः स सुरासुरैः ॥ १८२ ॥
recakaṁ Kumbhakaṁ kuryād Guru-darśita-mārgataḥ | recakaṁ recakaṁ kuryāt svaṅga-śṛṅkhaloditā || 178 || hamsa-vedhaṁ vinā naiva karttavyaś-ca kadācana | īśvara-praṇidhānena sidhyate nātra saṁśayaḥ || 179 ||
Translation In the same manner, one should exhale and hold the breath as instructed by a Guru. The repeated attempt of Rechaka is known as Svaṅga-śrṇkhalā.This should never be practiced by hamsa-vedha, which is, no doubt, attained through Iśvara-praṇidhāna (devotion to God).
This practice leads to attainment of purification of the nadis, feeling of well being, arousal of Kuṇḍalinī and its entry into Brahmarandhra and also success in Meru Kumbhaka. Moreover, Rechaka, becomes subtle and Pūraka gets prolonged by the grace of the Lord who is adorned by the Gods and the demons alike.
brahma-randhra-praveśe ca kuṇḍalī-bodhanaṁ param |
nāḍī-śuddhiṁ meru-siddhiṁ-ārogyaṁ ca prayacchati ||
recakaḥ kṣīṇatāṁ yāti pūrakaś-cātivardhate || 181 ||
yasya nāthaḥ sa vikhyāto namasyaḥ sa surāsuraiḥ || 182 ||
Kumbhāntara-Śṛṅkhalā
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 183
कुम्भेऽन्य-कुम्भ-संयोगात् स्यात् कुम्भान्तर-शृङ्खला ॥
विचित्र-फलदा चेयं गुरु-दर्शित-मार्गतः ॥ १८३ ॥
kumbhe'nya-kumbha-saṁyogāt syāt kumbhāntara-śṛṅkhalā ||
vicitra-phaladā ceyaṁ Guru-darśita-mārgataḥ || 183 ||
Translation Kumbhaka followed by Kumbhaka, as instructed by a Guru, is Kumbhāntara-śṛṅkhalā, which leads to surprising results.
Jīva-Cāla-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 184-185
बलात् कुम्भित-वायोश्-च हृदयात् प्राण-चालनम् ॥ १८४ ॥
अध-ऊर्ध्वं स कुम्भस्-तु जीव-चालः शिवोदितः ॥
विद्धानां सर्व-सिद्धिः स्याद्- अविद्धानां तु ग्रन्थिदः ॥ १८५ ॥
balāt kumbhita-vāyoś-ca hṛdayāt prāṇa-cālanam || 184 ||
adha-ūrdhvaṁ sa kumbhas-tu jīva-cālaḥ śivoditaḥ ||
viddhānāṁ sarva-siddhiḥ syād- aviddhānāṁ tu granthidaḥ || 185 ||
Translation One should activate the prāṇa-vāyu downwards and upwards which is held forcibly inside. This is Jīva-cāla-Kumbhaka narrated by Śiva. When prāṇa penetrates (into suṣumnā), it leads to all accomplishment, if not, it leads to its morbid variations.
Success in Meru
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 186
मेरु-सिद्धिं समाध्यन्तां साधयेत् सिद्धि-वृन्दकम् ॥ १८६ ॥
meru-siddhiṁ samādhyantāṁ sādhayet siddhi-vṛndakam || 186 ||
Translation
Success in Meru and other Siddhis is
attained at the end of Samādhi.
Saḍaṅga-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 187-188
मूलबन्ध-ततः पूरस्-ततो जालन्धरस्-ततः ।
कुम्भस्-तत उड्डियानस्-ततो रेच इति ह्वयम् ॥
षडङ्ग-कुम्भकः प्रोक्तः शम्भुना सर्व-सिद्धिदः ॥ १८७ ॥
सर्वत्र रेचकं कुर्याच्-छनैर्-एव न वेगतः ।
अर्क-तूलं यथा नैव स्पन्दते पवनेन तु ॥ १८८ ॥
mūlabandha-tataḥ pūras-tato jālandharas-tataḥ |
kumbhas-tata uḍḍīyānas-tato reca iti hyayam ||
ṣaḍaṅga-Kumbhakaḥ proktaḥ śambhunā sarva-siddhidaḥ || 187 ||
sarvatra recakaṃ kuryāc-chanair-eva na vegataḥ |
arka-tūlaṃ yathā naiva spandate pavanena tu || 188 ||
Translation
The component of ṣaḍaṅga-Kumbhaka
stated by Śambhu are: Mūlabandha,
Pūraka, Jālandhara-bandha, Kumbhaka,
Uḍḍīyāna and Rechaka which leads to
success.
Rechaka should always be performed slowly and not rapidly, so as long as not, so as to not even move a piece of cotton with the expelled air.
Kamala Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 189
पूरयेद्-अर्क-नाड्यासु कुम्भयित्वा यथाविधि ॥
रेचयेच्-चेद्-इन्दु-नाड्यासु कुम्भकः कमलाभिधः ॥ १८९ ॥
pūrayed-arka-nāḍyāsu kumbhayitvā yathāvidhi ||
recayec-ced-indu-nāḍyāsu Kumbhakaḥ kamalābhidhaḥ || 189 ||
Translation When the air is inhaled through the sūrya-nāḍī and exhaled through candra-nāḍī, after systematically holding the breath, it is known as Kamala Kumbhaka.
Kumuda-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 190
पूरयेच्-चन्द्र-मार्गेण धारयित्वाध्वजायुधे ॥
रेचयेत्-तम्-उभाभ्यां चेत्-कुमुदः कुम्भकः स्मृतः ॥ १९० ॥
pūrayec-candra-mārgeṇa dhārayitvādhvajāyudhe ||
recayet-tam-ubhābhyāṃ cet-kumudaḥ Kumbhakaḥ smṛtaḥ || 190 ||
Translation When the air is inhaled through the left nostril and after holding the breath, exhaled through both the nostrils, it is called Kumuda Kumbhaka.

Netra-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 191
सकृत्-सूर्येण चापूर्य धार्यं चन्द्रेण पूरयेत् ।
धारयेच्-च प्रयत्नेन रेचयेत् क्रमतस्-तथा ॥
नेत्र-कुम्भ इति ख्यातः क्रमतो व्युत्क्रमाद्-अपि ॥ १९१ ॥
sakṛt-sūryeṇa cāpūrya dhārya candreṇa pūrayet |
dhārayec-ca prayatnena recayet kramatas-tathā ||
netra-kumbha iti khyātaḥ kramato vyutkramād-api || 191 ||
Translation
One should inhale once through sūrya-
nāḍī, hold the breath and again inhale
through candra nadī and then after
holding the breath exhale in the same
order. This is known as Netra Kumbhaka.
This is done also in the reverse order.
Trinetra-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 192
सकृच्-चन्द्रेण चापूर्य धार्य सूर्येण पूरयेत् ।
नियम्य पूरयेन्-नोभ्यां धारयित्वा यथाविधि ॥
त्रिनेत्र-कुम्भकः प्रोक्तस्-त्रि-नेत्रेण त्रि-सिद्धिदः ॥ १९२ ॥
sakṛc-candreṇa cāpūrya dhārya sūryeṇa pūrayet |
niyamya pūrayen-nobhyāṁ dhārayitvā yathāvidhi ||
trinetra-Kumbhakaḥ proktas-tri-netreṇa tri-siddhidaḥ || 192 ||
Translation
One should inhale through the left and hold the breath, followed by inhalation by the right nostril and retain. Then again inhale the breath through the nostrils, and hold the breath systematically (before exhalation). This is Trinetra Kumbhaka by Śiva, which gives three-fold Siddhis.
Triśūla-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 193
घोणाभ्यां च मुखेनापि युगपत् पूरयेत् सदा ।
त्रिशूलिना त्रिशूलाख्यः कुम्भ उक्तस्-त्रिशूलनुत् ॥ १९३ ॥
ghoṇābhyāṁ ca mukhenāpi yugapat pūrayet sadā |
triśūlinā triśūlākhyaḥ kumbha uktas-triśūlanut || 193 ||
Translation
One should always inhale through both the nostrils and mouth simultaneously and hold the breath (before exhalation). This is Triśūla Kumbhaka by Śiva which removes three-fold sufferings.
Meru and Ameru
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 194
अमेरु-मेरुभेदेन कुम्भं शम्भुर्द्विधावदत् ॥ १९४ ॥
ameru-merubhadena kumbhaṁ śambhurdvidhāvadat || 194 ||
Translation
According to śambhu, Meru and Ameru are two types of Kumbhakas.
Ameru-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 195-196
न वर्धयेन्-निरोधं च यथा-शक्त्या सुसंयमम् ।
चरेत्-स कुम्भकोऽमेरुश्-चिरकालेन सिद्धिदः ॥ १९५ ॥
अमुम्-अभ्यसतः पुंसो नैसर्गिक्-मेरु-सम्भूतिः ॥
बहुभिः कालैर्-भूयाद्-अगण्य-पुण्यैर्-परा सुमतेः ॥ १९६ ॥
na vardhayen-nirodhaṁ ca yathā-śaktyā susaṁyamam | caret-sa kumbhako'meruś-cirakālena siddhidaḥ || 195 || amum-abhyasataḥ puṁso naisargika-meru-sambhūtiḥ || bahubhiḥ kālair-bhūyād-agaṇya-puṇyair-parā sumateḥ || 196 ||
Translation
When the breath-holding time is not
increased and practised according to
one's own capacity, it is Ameru-
Kumbhaka, which gives results in the
long run, if practised judiciously. With
the prolonged practice of this, one
attains perfection of Meru easily
through a great fortune.
pranayama
Mātrās-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 201
पञ्च-गुर्वक्षरैर्-युक्तः पल-द्वय-मितो हि यः ।
निसर्गतः कुम्भकोऽयं मतोर्धो रेचकस्-ततः ॥
अर्ध-पूरक इत्युक्तो मात्राकुम्भो विशारदैः ॥ २०१ ॥
pañca-gurvakṣarair-yuktaḥ pala-dvaya-mito hi yaḥ | nisargataḥ kumbhako'yaṁ matordho recakas-tataḥ || ardha-pūraka ityukto mātrākumbho viśāradaiḥ || 201 ||
Translation When the breath is retained without force for a period of two palas (48 seconds) or time taken for recitation of five long vowels after inhaling for half the time (of recitation) and thereafter exhaling for the same period as of Pūraka, it is called Mātrās-Kumbhaka by the learned.
Eka-Meru
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 205-206
बाह्याभ्यन्तर-देशेषु सञ्चार-ज्ञानतोऽथवा ।
मात्रासंख्या-श्वाससंख्या क्षणे यद्-अवधारणे ॥ २०५ ॥
ईश्वर-प्रणिधानेन कुम्भको यत्र वर्द्धते ।
एकमेरुर्-मृडेनोक्तो रहस्यं सर्व-योगिनाम् ॥ २०६ ॥
bāhyābhyantara-deśeṣu sañcāra-jñānato'thavā | mātrāsaṁkhyā-śvāsasaṁkhyā kṣaṇe yad-avadhāraṇe || 205 || īśvara-praṇidhānena kumbhako yatra varddhate | ekamerur-mṛḍenokto rahasyaṁ sarva-Yoginām || 206 ||
Translation According to Mṛḍa (Śiva), when Kumbhaka increases with awareness of internal and external movement of prana or determining the number of mātrās and respiration and devotion to God, it is called Eka-meru which is the secret of all the Yogis.
Dvi-Meru and Tri-Meru
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 207
पूरकेनापि वृद्धेन द्वि-मेरुर्-मेरुः च क्रमात् ।
रेचकेनापि वृद्धेन त्रि-मेरुः सिद्धिदायकः ॥ २०७ ॥
pūrakenāpi vṛddhena dvi-merur-meruḥ ca kramāt |
recakenāpi vṛddhena tri-meruḥ siddhidāyakaḥ || 207 ||
Translation With the increment in Pūraka also it becomes Dvi-meru. Similarly, with the increase of Recaka it is Tri-meru. When Meru is practised progressively in this manner, it leads to success.
Udghāta
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 212
पूर्णः कर्षन् प्राण-वायुस्-त्वपानं पादाङ्गुष्ठान् मूलतो वापि नाभेः ॥
आकण्ठं हृत्-खाद्-वोत्-प्रमातव्यं-पैतीत्युद्घातोऽयं योगिभिः सम्प्रदिष्टः ॥ २१२ ॥
pūrṇaḥ karṣan prāṇa-vāyus-tvapānaṁ pādāṅguṣṭhān mūlato vāpi nābheḥ ||
ākaṇṭhaṁ hṛt-khād-vot-pramātayyam-paitītyudghāto'yaṁ Yogibhiḥ sampradiṣṭaḥ || 212 ||
Translation When one inhales prana fully and draws the apāna from the toes, anus, navel, chest and takes it up to the throat, it is called Udghāta by the Yogis.
Ten Stages of meru
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 213
एकोद्घातो-द्विर्-उद्घातस्-त्रिर्-उद्घातस्-ततो मृदुः ।
मध्य-मेरुस्-तीव्र-मेरुः प्रत्याहारश्-च धारणा ॥
ध्यानं समाधिर्-इत्युक्तो मेरोः स्थूलभुवो दश ॥ २१३ ॥
ekodghāto-dvir-udghātas-trir-udghātas-tato mṛduḥ |
madhya-merus-tīrva-meruḥ pratyāhāraś-ca dhāraṇā ||
dhyānaṁ samādhir-ityukto meroḥ sthūlabhuvo daśa || 213 ||
Translation
One Udghāta, two Udghātas, three
Udghātas, Mṛdu-meru, Madhya-meru,
Tīvra-meru, pPratyāhāra, Dhāraṇā, Dhyāna
and Samādhi are stated to be the ten
stages of Meru.
Palas
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 216-218
अथ प्रमाणम्-एतेषाम् रहस्यम्-अपि कथ्यते ।
चतुर्-अष्ट-द्वादशभिः क्रमाद्-आद्याः पलैस्-त्रयः ॥ २१६ ॥
ततः पञ्च-दशोन्मान-पलैर्-अष्टादशोन्-मितः ।
परस्-ततश्-चतुर्-विंश-पलैस्-तीव्र इन्हेरितः ॥ २१७ ॥
निसर्गात् द्वादश-गुणः प्रत्याहारस्-ततस्-ततः ।
स्वपूर्वा द्वादश-गुणाः परे ज्ञेयाः शिवोदिताः ॥ २१८ ॥
atha pramāṇam-eteṣāṁ rahasyam-api kathyate |
catur-aṣṭa-dvādaśabhiḥ kramād-ādyāḥ palais-trayaḥ || 216 ||
tataḥ pañca-daśonmāna-palair-aṣṭādaśon-mitaḥ |
paras-tataś-catur-viṁśa-palais-tīvra inheritaḥ || 217 ||
nisargāt dvādaśa-guṇaḥ pratyāhāras-tatas-tataḥ |
svapūrvā dvādaśa-guṇāḥ pare jñeyāḥ śivoditāḥ || 218 ||
Translation
Their measure and secrets are being narrated further. The first three stages in sequence comprises of four palas (96 seconds), eight palas (192 seconds) and twelve palas (288 seconds).
Mṛdu-meru of 18 palas (432 seconds) and Tīvra-meru of 24 palas (576 seconds). According to Śiva, the intensity of the stages from Pratyāhāra onwards is twelve times more than the previous stage. Thus twelve Prāṇāyāmas make one Pratyāhāra. Twelve Pratyāhāras make one Dhāraṇā. Twelve Dhāraṇās make one Dhyāna and twelve Dhyānas make one Samādhi.
Powers
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 45
सञ्ज्ञा-ज्ञान-कृतो भेदः क्रियासु न भिदा स्फुटा
मूल-शास्त्राद्-इति प्रोक्तं भुशुण्ड-मतम्-उत्तमम् ॥ ४५ ॥
sañjñā-jñāna-kṛto bhedaḥ kriyāsu na bhidā sphuṭā
mūla-śāstrād-iti proktaṁ bhuśuṇḍa-matam-uttamam || 45 ||
Translation
According to the original tradition and also the opinion of Bhusunda, there is no apparent difference in the practice, although some difference may be found in the terms used.
Mentioned 10 types of Prana mention
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 46
अथ वक्ष्ये दश-विध-प्राणानां निग्रहं परम् ॥ ४६ ॥
atha vakṣye daśa-vidha-prāṇānāṁ nigrahaṁ param || 46 ||
Translation
Now I shall describe the control of the ten types of prana.
Flow of Prana Vayu
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 47
प्राणो मुख-घ्राण-गतिर्-आहृद्-वृत्तिः समीरणः
गौनर्दीय-मतं प्रोक्तम्-ऋषयोऽङ्गुष्ठके पदे
नासाग्र-नाभि-हृत्-संस्थं प्राहुस्-तज्-जय ईरितः ॥ ४७ ॥
prāṇo mukha-ghrāṇa-gatir-āhṛd-vṛttiḥ samīraṇaḥ
gonardīya-mataṁ proktaṁ-ṛṣayo'ṅguṣṭhake pade
nāsāgra-nābhi-hṛt-saṁsthaṁ prāhus-taj-jaya īritaḥ || 47 ||
Translation According to Gonardiya, prana-vayu flows through mouth and nose up to the chest. While according to the rsis, it is in the toes, tip of the nose, umbilicus and chest. Control of these pranas is indicated here.
Removes Impurities and Doshas
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 48
निःश्वासोच्छ्वास-कर्मास्य तज्-जये फलम्-ईर्यते
विण्-मूत्र-श्लेष्म-पित्तादि-रोग-दोष-मनो-मलाः
सप्त-धातु-मला दोषा नश्यन्तीत्याह शण्करः ॥ ४८ ॥
niḥśvāsocchvāsa-karmāsya taj-jaye phalam-īryate
viṇ-mūtra-śleṣma-pittādi-roga-doṣa-mano-malāḥ
sapta-dhātu-malā doṣā naśyantītyāha śaṇkaraḥ || 48 ||
Translation Exhalation and inhalation are its functions. Their control leads to elimination of the impurities like feces, urine, phlegm and bile which cause diseases of the body and also the mental impurities of the seven bodily constituents and (three) doshas (humours like vata, pitta, and kapha) are removed.
Yogi who Controls Prana Benefits
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 49-51
नादश्रुतिर्-मेधा दीर्घम्-आयुः पुमर्थता
सुरूपता बलं तेजः स्थिरता स्वर-सौष्ठवम् ॥ ४९ ॥
लघुत्वं शीघ्र-गामित्वं कुण्डली-बोधनं परम्
उत्साहं च विरोच्छ्वासं सुवर्णत्वादिकान् गुणान् ॥ ५० ॥
सत्त्वस्थत्वं च लभते योगी प्राणस्य निर्जये
भू-चराणां जयः सिद्धयेद्-इत्याहुः शाम्भवा अपि ॥ ५१ ॥
Translation Through the control of prana, a Yogi attains hearing of mystical sounds, intelligence, long life, four aims of human existence, good look, strength, luster, stability, good voice, lightness, swiftness, arousal of Kundalini, enthusiasm, longer inhalation, a beautiful complexion, and increase in sattva-guna. According to Sambhavas, one gains control over the living beings on the Earth.
nādaśrutir-medhā dīrgham-āyuḥ pumarthatā
surūpatā balaṃ tejaḥ sthiratā svara-sauṣṭhavam || 49 ||
laghutvaṃ śīghra-gāmitvaṃ kuṇḍalī-bodhanaṃ param
utsāhaṃ ca cirocchvāsaṃ suvarṇatvādikān guṇān || 50 ||
satvasthatvaṃ ca labhate yogī prāṇasya nirjaye
bhū-carāṇāṃ jayaḥ siddhyed-ityāhuḥ śāmbhavā api || 51 ||
Apana description
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 52-53
आपादतल-वृत्तिः स्यान्-नाभेश्-चाधोगतिः स्वतः
विण्-मूलादि-विसर्गं च कुरुतेऽपान-संज्ञितः
इति भाष्यमतं प्रोक्तमितरेषां निगद्यते ॥ ५२ ॥
विण्-मूलादि-विसर्गं च कुरुतेऽपान-संज्ञितः
इति भाष्यमतं प्रोक्तमितरेषां निगद्यते ॥ ५३ ॥
āpādatala-vṛttiḥ syān-nābheś-cādhogatiḥ svataḥ
viṇ-mūtrādi-visargaṃ ca kurute'pāna-saṃjñitaḥ
iti bhāṣyamataṃ proktamitareṣāṃ nigadyate || 52 ||
viṇ-mūtrādi-visargaṃ ca kurute'pāna-saṃjñitaḥ
iti bhāṣyamataṃ proktamitareṣāṃ nigadyate || 53 ||
Translation One attains (proper) downward movement from navel to the feet facilitating excretion of urine and feces which is the activity of apana. This is narrated in Bhaya. Other opinions are narrated as follows
Sasi Description
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 54
कृकाटिका-पृष्ठ-पार्ष्णि-पृष्ठान्तेषु स्थितः शशी
रेचकाभ्यास-बाहुल्यात् क्रमात्-स्थान-नियोगतः ॥ ५४ ॥
"kṛkāṭikā-pṛṣṭha-pārṣṇi-pṛṣṭhānteṣu sthitaḥ śaśī
recakābhyāsa-bāhulyāt kramāt-sthāna-niyogataḥ || 54 ||
Translation Sasi is situated in the neck, back, heel, and the lower back. When one practices frequent Recakas and by visualizing concentrates on apana from place to place, it is called Urdhvaja Kumbhaka
| ### Urdhvaja Kumbhaka Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 55 | ::: verse 55 ऊर्द्ध्वोर्ध्वमित्यपानस्य कुम्भकोर्ध्वजसंज्ञितः परकाय-प्रवेशः स्याद् घटिका-द्वितयोन्मिते ॥ ५५ ॥ ūrddhvordhvamityapānasya kumbhakordhvajasaṁjñitaḥ parakāya-praveśaḥ syād ghaṭikā-dvitayonmite || 55 || ::: | Translation Practice of this for two gatikas (48 minutes) leads to Parakaya-pravesa Siddhi (ability to enter into another body) |
| ### Mrga Kumbha Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 56 | ::: verse 56 अपानं कटिदेशस्य पृष्ठ-भागे विधारयेत् सदा चेत् कुम्भकस्-तज्-जिन्-मृग इत्युच्यते बुधैः ॥ ५६ ॥ apānaṁ kaṭideśasya pṛṣṭha-bhāge vidhārayet sadā cet Kumbhakas-taj-jin-mṛga ityucyate budhaiḥ || 56 || ::: | Translation According to the learned, when apana is continuously held in the back of the hip region, it is known as Mrga-Kumbhaka. |
| ### Benefits of Control of apana Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 57-59 | ::: verse 57 मूल-बन्धो धारणासु मुद्रा-विषय-गोचरः गूथ-मूत्राल्पता वह्नेर्-जाठरस्य प्रदीपनम् ॥ ५७ ॥ mūla-bandho dhāraṇāsu mudrā-viṣaya-gocaraḥ gūtha-mūtrālpata vahner-jāṭharasya pradīpanam || 57 || ::: ::: verse 58 कुण्डली-बोधनं चैव ब्रह्मारन्ध्र-प्रवेशनम् पाताल-गमनं चैव लीलया जायते मुनेः ॥ ५८ ॥ kuṇḍalī-bodhanaṁ caiva brahmarandhra-praveśanam pātāla-gamanam caiva līlayā jāyate muneḥ || 58 || ::: ::: verse 59 क्षतस्य रोहणं स्वात्म्यं बहुभोजन-रुग्-जयौ सत्वात्मकत्वं स्युश्-चान्येऽप्यपानस्य जये गुणाः ॥ ५९ ॥ kṣatasya rohaṇaṁ svātmyam bahubhojana-rug-jayau satvātmakatvaṁ syuś-cānye'pyapānasya jaye guṇāḥ || 59 || ::: | Translation The benefits of control of apana are facilitation of Mulabandha, proficiency in the practice of Dharana and different Mudras, reduction in urine and feces, increase in gastric fire, arousal of Kundalini and its entry into Brahma randhra, Patala-gamana (traveling to the world underneath), healing of the wounds, assimilation of all food, conquest of all diseases and increase in sattva-guna, etc. |

Location of Samana Vayu
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 60
आनाभि--हृदयाद् भाष्ये समान-स्थानम्-ईरितम्
सर्व-सन्धि-स्थितोऽपिति प्राहुर्-अन्ये महर्षयः ॥ ६० ॥
ānābhi--hṛdayād bhāṣye samāna-sthānam-īritam
sarva-sandhi-sthito'piti prāhur-anye maharṣayaḥ || 60 ||
Translation The location of Samana vayu is stated to be in the region from navel to the chest. Other authorities maintain that it exists in all the joints.
Function of Samana Vayu
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 61
समं रसानां नयनं कर्मास्य परिकीर्तितम् ॥ ६१ ॥
samam rasānāṁ nayanaṁ karmāsya parikīrtitam || 61 ||
Translation Its function is said to be proper distribution of nutrition (bodily fluids).
Samana Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 62-64
नाभावापूर्य वायुश्-चेद्-देहे व्याप्य विधारितः
कुम्भिते ज्वलनं ध्यायेत् समानस्य तु कुम्भकः ॥ ६२ ॥
मुद्रासु वक्ष्यते कुम्भ उड्डियानो महाफलः
एजते प्रज्वलेत् स्विद्येद्-रोम-कूपेषु मोचयेत्
तम्-एव व्यापकं योगी सोऽयं नकुलीश-मतं तथा ॥ ६३ ॥
क्षुत्-तृट्-क्षयो वह्नि-दीप्तिः क्षत-भग्नावरोहणम्
समान-कुम्भकाभ्यासात् फलं स्याद्-इति शण्करः ॥ ६४ ॥
nābhāvāpūrya vāyuś-ced-dehe vyāpya vidhāritaḥ
kumbhite jvalanaṁ dhyāyet samānasya tu kumbhakaḥ || 62 ||
mudrāsu vakṣyate kumbha uḍḍīyāno mahāphalaḥ
ejate prajvalet svidyed-roma-kūpeṣu mocayet
tam-eva vyāpakaṁ yogī so'yaṁ nakulīśa-mataṁ tathā || 63 ||
kṣut-tṛṭ-kṣayo vahni-dīptiḥ kṣata-bhagnāvarohaṇam
samāna-kumbhakābhyāsāt phalaṁ syād-iti śaṅkaraḥ || 64 ||
Translation When this vayu is filled up into the navel and held with concentration on fire, it is Samana-Kumbhaka. This practice is recommended in Mudrās, as it results in attaining Uḍḍīyāna. This is explained in terms of movement, heat, perspiration, and sensation in the pores extensively experienced by a Yogi. This is the opinion of Nakulīśa. The results are: control of hunger and thirst, increased gastric fire, (quick) healing of wounds and fractures.
Location of Vyana
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 65
व्यानो व्यापी व्यानयन्स्-त्वग्-इन्द्रिय-निकेतनः ॥ ६५ ॥
vyāno vyāpī vyānayanas-tvag-indriya-niketanaḥ || 65 ||
Translation
The vyana pervades all over the body and sense organs like skin etc.
Vyana Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 66-67
Benefits: protection from weapons,
water and poisons, immunity from
cold and heat and removal of
diseases.
पूरयित्वान्तरा सम्यग् हृज्-जगद्-व्याप्ति-योगतः
सर्वाङ्गस्याकुञ्चनेन कुम्भिते सूक्ष्म-चिन्तनात्
पार्वती-वक्त्रभेनोक्तः सम्यक् व्यानस्य कुम्भकः ॥ ६६ ॥
न शस्त्रैश्-छिद्यते नापः क्लेदयन्त्यविष-क्रमः
शीतोष्णयोस्-तथासङ्गो रोग-नाशश्-च जायते ॥ ६७ ॥
pūrayitvāntarā samyag hṛj-jagad-vyāpti-yogataḥ
sarvāṅgasyākuñcanena kumbhite sūkṣma-cintanāt
pārvatī-vaktrabhenoktaḥ samyak vyānasya kumbhakaḥ || 66 ||
na śastraiś-chidyate nāpaḥ kledayantyaviṣa-kramaḥ
śītoṣṇayos-tathāsaṅgo roga-nāśaś-ca jāyate || 67 ||
Translation
Technique: Vyana Kumbhaka as
described by Parvati is completely
filling the chest and contracting the
whole body during Kumbhaka with
subtle concentration.
Location of Udāna
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 68
उदान उन्नयनाक-वृत्तिर्-भाष्य उद्धृतः
घण्टिका-मध्य-ताल्वग्र-पतलेष्विति चापरे ॥ ६८ ॥
udāna unnayanāka-vṛttir-bhāṣya udhṛtaḥgh
aṇṭikā-madhya-tālvagra-pataleṣviti cāpare || 68 ||
Translation
Udāna means that which raises up. Its
location is described by some in uvula,
mid-palate, and tip of the tongue.
Krtti-Srestha-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 69
नोभ्यां चाकर्षयेद्-वायुं बलात् हृत्-स्थानम्-आनयेत्
उत्कृष्योत्कृष्य हृत्-स्थानात् कण्ठ-तालौ भ्रुवोऽन्तरे
मूर्ध्रान्तं चेद्-गतायात-कृत्ति-श्रेष्ठाख्य-कुम्भकः ॥ ६९ ॥
nobhyāṁ cākarṣayed-vāyuṁ balāt hṛt-sthānam-ānayet utkṛṣyotkṛṣya hṛt-sthānāt kaṇṭha-tālau bhruvo'ntare mūrdhnāntaṁ ced-gatāyāta-kṛtti-śreṣṭhākhya-Kumbhakaḥ || 69 ||
Translation
One should forcibly raise the vāyu bringing it into the chest through nostrils and from there take it further to the throat, palate, mid-brow, top of the head and retain it there. This is Kṛtti-śreṣṭha-Kumbhaka.
Prakrti-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 70-71
वान्वितेनाशुगं कर्षन् कुर्वन्तूच्चतरं स्वनम्
धारयेच्-चेद्-उदानस्य प्रकृतिः कुम्भकः स्मृतः ॥ ७० ॥
जले पङ्के कण्टकेषु न सङ्गः स्यात्-कदाचन
खगत्वम्-उत्क्रान्तिर्-अपोत्येतत् फलम्-उदाहृतम् ॥ ७१ ॥
vānvitēnāśugaṁ karṣen kurvantūccataraṁ svanam dhārayec-ced-udānasya prakṛtiḥ Kumbhakaḥ smṛtaḥ || 70 || jale paṅke kaṇṭakeṣu na saṅgaḥ syāt-kadācana khagatvam-utkrāntir-apityetat phalam-udāhṛtam || 71 ||
Translation
Sucking the air with a loud sound with (bija mantra) 'va' and holding it is known as Prakṛti-Kumbhaka. The results of this Kumbhaka are mentioned in terms of remaining ever unaffected by water, mud and thorns and also attaining ability to levitate.
Vahni
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 72
स्व-स्व-स्थानात् समाकृष्य पिण्डीकृत्य हृद्-अम्बुजे
वह्नींश्-च ब्रह्मरन्ध्रान्तः नमनात् सर्वजिद् भवेत् ॥ ७२ ॥
sva-sva-sthānāt samākṛṣya piṇḍīkṛtya hṛd-ambuje vahnīṁś-ca brahmarandhrāntaḥ namanāt sarvajid bhavet || 72 ||
Translation
By taking vahni (Kuṇḍalinī along with prāṇa) from respective places, condensing it in the lotus of the heart and uniting into Brahma-randhra, one gains control over all the vāyus.
Recaka and vayus
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 73
सर्वम्-एव फलं भूयाद्-वायूनां युगपज्-जये
रेचकाभ्यासतः सर्व-वायूनां युगपज्-जयः ॥ ७३ ॥
sarvam-eva phalaṃ bhūyād-vāyūnāṃ yugapaj-jaye
recakābhyāsataḥ sarva-vāyūnāṃ yugapaj-jayaḥ || 73 ||
Translation By the practice of Recaka (control on exhalation) one also controls all the vayus. By controlling the vāyus one simultaneously gets all the results.
Vayu Pranayama
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 74
नीत्वा वायुं नाभि-मध्यं सूर्याग्रे योऽस्य रेचनात्
सर्व-वायुजयो भूयाद्-इत्याहुर्-मुनयः परे ॥ ७४ ॥
nītvā vāyuṃ nābhi-madhyaṃ sūryāgre yo'sya recanāt
sarva-vāyujayo bhūyād-ityāhur-munayaḥ pare || 74 ||
Translation By moving the vāyu in the center of the navel and exhaling the same through the sūrya-nāḍī (right nostril), one attains control of all the vāyus (pranas) as stated by some Munis.
Samādhi and Vayus
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 75
अतः समाधेर्-अभ्यासाद्-अपि सर्व-जयो भवेत् ॥ ७५ ॥
ataḥ samādher-abhyāsād-api sarva-jayo bhavet || 75 ||
Translation By the practice of Samādhi also one controls all the vāyus (pranas).
Result of Vayus entering Shushumna
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 76
सुषुम्णा ग्रसते तस्मिन् यतो वायु-परम्पराम्
अशेष-कल्पना-नाशः पूर्वोक्तं च फलं भवेत् ॥ ७६ ॥
suṣumṇā grasate tasmin yato vāyu-paramparām
aśeṣa-kalpanā-nāśaḥ pūrvoktaṃ ca phalaṃ bhavet || 76 ||
Translation When prana is controlled, the vayus enter sushumna resulting into disappearance of all thoughts and attaining all the results stated above.
Naga Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 77-78
ओदन-ग्रासवद्-वायुं कण्ठेनापूरयेच्-छनैः
तं रोधयेद्-यथाकालं बध्वा जालन्धरं दृढम् ॥ ७७ ॥
कण्ठेन रेचनं कुर्यान्-नाग-कुम्भः शिवोदितः
क्षुधां जयेत् पिपासां च फलम्-अस्य समीरितम् ॥ ७८ ॥
odana-grāsavad-vāyuṁ kaṇṭhenāpūrayec-chanaiḥ
taṁ rodhayed-yathākālaṁ badhvā jālandharaṁ dṛḍham || 77 ||
kaṇṭhena recanaṁ kuryān-nāga-kumbhaḥ śivoditaḥ
kṣudhāṁ jayet pipāsāṁ ca phalam-asya samīritam || 78 ||
Translation
One should swallow the air slowly into the throat like a morsel of rice, retaining it to the capacity, with firm application of Jalandhara-bandha and then expel it from the throat. This is Naga-Kumbhaka explained by Siva. By this practice one is able to control hunger and thirst.
Kūrma-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 79
निमीलोन्मीलने त्यक्त्वा पीठे काष्ठम्-इव स्थितिः
नेत्रयोश्-च शरीरस्य कूर्म-कुम्भः स उच्यते
भवतोऽभ्यास-वशान्-मनो-वातौ स्थिरावुभौ ॥ ७९ ॥
nimīlonmīlane tyaktvā pīṭhe kāṣṭham-iva sthitiḥ
netrayoś-ca śarīrasya kūrma-kumbhaḥ sa ucyate
bhavato'bhyāsa-vaśān-mano-vātau sthirāvubhau || 79 ||
Translation
When the blinking of the eyes are controlled and one becomes perfectly steady in the asana like a log of wood and devoid of movements of the eyes and the body, it is called Kūrma-Kumbhaka. With the practice of this Kumbhaka, one attains steadiness of vayu and mind.
Kṛkara Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 80
तर्जन्यनामिकेऽङ्गुष्ठ-मर्दिते क्षुत-सम्भवे
क्षुत-संहरणः कुम्भः कृकरस्य जय-प्रदः ॥ ८० ॥
tarjanyanāmike'ṅguṣṭha-marddite kṣuta-sambhave
kṣuta-saṁharaṇaḥ kumbhaḥ kṛkarasya jaya-pradaḥ || 80 ||
Translation
When there is a possibility of sneezing, one should rub the index and ring fingers with the thumb. This obviously does not include the process of Kumbhaka.
Deva datta vayu
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 81
जृम्भोद्भवे संवृत्यास्यः कण्ठाधः प्रापयेत्-खगम्
देवदत्त-जयस्-तेन जायते शङ्करोदितः ॥ ८१ ॥
jṛmbhodbhave saṁvṛtyāsyaḥ kaṇṭhādhaḥ prāpayet-khagam
devadatta-jayas-tena jāyate śaṅkaroditaḥ || 81 ||
Translation When yawning occurs, one should close the mouth and push the air down the throat. According to Sankara, this leads to control of Deva-datta-vayu.
Dhanañjaya-Vāyu
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 82
देहस्थम्-अखिलंवायुं कुण्डली ग्रसते यदा
धनञ्जय-जयः काले तस्मिन् गौणस्-ततो ह्ययम् ॥ ८२ ॥
dehastham-akhilaṁvāyuṁ kuṇḍalī grasate yadā
dhanañjaya-jayaḥ kāle tasmin gauṇas-tato hyayam || 82 ||
Translation When Kundalini absorbs all the vayus in the body, it is the control of Dhanañjaya-vāyu. In this state everything becomes insignificant.
10 Vayus Narrated
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 83
इत्युक्तं दश-वायूनां जयोऽयं क्रमतो मया
र्वोक्ताभ्यास-योगेन युगपद्-वा जयो भवेत् ॥ ८३ ॥
ityuktaṁ daśa-vāyūnāṁ jayo'yaṁ kramato mayā
pūrvoktābhyāsa-yogena yugapad-vā jayo bhavet || 83 ||
Translation I have narrated control of ten vayus progressively. With the practice as stated earlier, one attains complete master over them.
Hamsa Vedha, Initiation
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 84
हंसवेधं विना नैते सिद्ध्यन्ति यमिनां क्वचित्
प्रत्युतानुभवत्येव रोगराशिं पदे पदे
तस्मात् सुदीक्षितो योगी पवनाभ्यासम्-आचरेत् ॥ ८४ ॥
haṁsavedhaṁ vinā naite siddhyanti yamināṁ kvacit
pratyutānubhavatyeva rogarāśiṁ pade pade
tasmāt sudīkṣito yogī pavanābhyāsam-ācaret || 84 ||
Translation These cannot be accomplished by the Yogi without haṁsa-vedha. Otherwise, one has to face several diseases frequently. Therefore, a Yogi should undertake the practice of Pranayama only after receiving proper initiation.
Sahitah Kumbhakah
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 85-86
पूर-रेच-युतः कुम्भो वायोर-यल विधीयते
सहितः कुम्भकः स स्यात् सहितः सर्व-सिद्धये ॥ ८५ ॥
सहितं कुम्भकं कुर्वन्-नाडी-शुद्धिं च विन्दति
केवलं कुम्भकं नाद-श्रवणं सिद्धयोऽखिलाः ॥ ८६ ॥
pūra-reca-yutaḥ kumbho vāyor-yatra vidhīyate
sahitaḥ Kumbhakaḥ sa syāt sahitaḥ sarva-siddhaye || 85 ||
sahitaṁ Kumbhakaṁ kurvan-nāḍī-śuddhiṁ ca vindati
kevalaṁ Kumbhakaṁ nāda-śravaṇaṁ siddhayo'khilāḥ || 86 ||
Translation When vāyu is restrained with Pūraka, Kumbhaka and Recaka, it is Sahita-Kumbhaka, which brings all the benefits. Sahita Kumbhaka brings purification of all the nāḍīs, while Kevala-Kumbhaka leads to hearing of mystical sounds and bestows all the supernatural powers.
Agni soma Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 87
सूर्येण पूरयेत् प्राणम् कुम्भयित्वा यथा-विधिः
रेचयेद्-अन्य-मार्गेण पुनस्-तेन प्रपूरयेत्
येन त्यजेत्-तेनापूर्य चाग्नि-षोमाख्य-कुम्भकः ॥ ८७ ॥
sūryeṇa pūrayet prāṇaṁ kumbhayitvā yathā-vidhiḥ
recayed-anya-mārgeṇa punas-tena prapūrayet
yena tyajet-tenāpūrya cāgni-ṣomākhya-Kumbhakaḥ || 87 ||
Translation Prāṇa should be inhaled through sūrya-nāḍī (right-nostril) and after retaining the same as prescribed, one should exhale through the other nostril, and again inhale by the same side though which one has exhaled. It is known as Agni-soma-Kumbhaka.
Kevala Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 88-89
केवलं कुम्भयेत् प्राणं रेच-पूरण-वर्जितम्
तूयः शेषोदितोऽन्ये तु केवलं कुम्भकं विदुः ॥ ८८ ॥
मनो-जवत्वं च मनो-जयश्-च पालित्य-हानिर्-वलितस्य नाशः
नाद-श्रुतिश्-चाष्टविधास्य सिद्धिर्-वायोर्-जयः केवल-कुम्भकात् स्यात् ॥ ८९ ॥
kevalaṁ kumbhayet prāṇaṁ reca-pūraṇa-varjitam
tūyaḥ śeṣodito'nye tu kevalaṁ Kumbhakaṁ viduḥ || 88 ||
mano-javatvaṁ ca mano-jayaś-ca pālitya-hānir-valitasya nāśaḥ
nāda-śrutiś-cāṣṭavidhāsya siddhir-vāyor-jayaḥ kevala-kumbhakāt syāt || 89 ||
Translation Prāṇa should be restrained irrespective of inspiration or expiration. This is fourth variety of Kumbhaka, called Kevala-Kumbhaka. Benefits of Kevala-Kumbhaka are stated as increased dexterity of the mind, control of mental activities, disappearance of grey hair and wrinkles, hearing of mystical sounds, accomplishment of eight-fold Siddhis and control of vāyu.
| Santha Kumbhaka Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 90 | कायस्यान्तर-बहिर-व्याप्तिः शान्त-कुम्भक उदाहृतः स्थानयोर-अन्तरे रुद्ध्वा कुम्भयेत्-यदि मारुतम् ॥ ९० ॥ kāyasyāntar-bahir-vyāptiḥ śānta-Kumbhaka udāhṛtaḥ sthānayor-antare ruddhvā kumbhayet-yadi mārutam | 90 | Translation Restraining the vayu inside and visualising its presence inside and outside of the body is called Santha-Kumbhaka. |

pranayama |
| Pratyahara Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 91-92 | नव-स्थानानि विज्ञाय प्रत्याहारः स वेधसः पादतल-गुह्य-नाभि-हृदयोः-कण्ठ-घण्टिकाः क्रमशः ॥ ९१ ॥ भ्रू-मध्यं च ललाटं ब्रह्मस्थानं नवैतानि योगसिद्धिः सर्वरोग-नाशः प्रत्याहृतौ भवेत् ॥ ९२ ॥ nava-sthānāni vijñāya pratyāhāraḥ sa vedhasaḥ pādatala-guhya-nābhi-hṛdayoraḥ-kaṇṭha-ghaṇṭikāḥ kramataḥ | 91 | bhrū-madhyaṁ ca lalāṭaṁ brahmasthānaṁ navaitāni Yogasiddhiḥ sarvaroga-nāśaḥ pratyāhṛtau bhavet | 92 | Translation Soles, organs of generation, navel, heart, throat, uvula, middle of the eyebrows, forehead and Brahma-randhra are the nine sites according to Vedhā (Siva).Concentration of prana on one site and then another in this sequence is called Pratyahara which brings success in Yoga and removes all diseases. |
| Ṛṣi-Prokta-Kumbhaka Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 93-95 | स्थानात् स्थानं समाकृष्य यद्-अष्ट-दशकेष्वपि ऋषि-प्रोक्तः स कुम्भः स्यात् प्रत्याहारस्-तु कुम्भनात् ॥ ९३ ॥ पादाङ्गुष्ठौ गुल्फो जङ्घा-मूलं चितेर्-मूलम् मध्यं जान्वोर-उरुवायोर-मूलं स्वदेह-मध्यं च ॥ ९४ ॥ लिङ्ग-नाभि-हृदयं कण्ठादस्-तालु-मूलं च घोणा-मूलं नयने भ्रू-मध्यं वज्र-कन्दकम् ॥ ९५ ॥ sthānāt sthānaṁ samākṛṣya yad-aṣṭa-daśakeṣvapi ṛṣi-proktaḥ sa kumbhaḥ syāt pratyāhāras-tu kumbhanāt | 93 | Translation Withdrawing prana from all the eighteen vital points, one after another in sequence (during Kumbhaka), becomes ṛṣi-prokta- Kumbhaka. This process of Kumbhaka is Pratyahara.(the eighteen vital points are as follows-) toes, ankle, root of the thigh, some part of the head of tibia, center of the knee, thigh, anus, center of the body, generative organ, navel, heart, root of the throat, root of the palate, root of the nose, eyes, middle of the eyebrows and vajra-kanda (sahasrāra). |
pādāṅguṣṭho gulpho jaṅghā-mūlaṁ citer-mūlaṁ
madhyaṁ jānvor-urupāyor-mūlaṁ svadeha-madhyaṁ ca || 94 ||
liṅga-nābhi-hṛdayaṁ kaṇṭhādas-tālu-mūlaṁ ca
ghoṇā-mūlaṁ nayane bhrū-madhyaṁ vajra-kandakam || 95 ||
Vital Points
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 96-97
अष्टादशधा मुनयो वदन्ति दिव्यौ भिषग्-वरौ दस्रौ
षोडश पातञ्जलिकाः षड्-विंशच्-छम्भुना प्रोक्ताः ॥ ९६ ॥
एतत् सकलं ज्ञेयं शरीरेषु गुरोर्-अग्रे
क्रमतो व्युत्-क्रमतोऽपि प्रत्याहारो भवेद्-एषु ॥ ९७ ॥
aṣṭādaśadhā munayo vadanti divyau bhiṣag-varau dastrau
ṣoḍaśa pātañjalikāḥ ṣaḍ-viṁśac-chambhunā proktāḥ || 96 ||
etat sakalaṁ jñeyaṁ śarīreṣu guror-agre
kramato vyut-kramato'pi pratyāhāro bhaved-eṣu || 97 ||
Translation
The vital points are eighteen according to the munis and the (two) Aśvinīkumāras, the physicians of Gods, sixteen according to the followers of Patañjali and twenty-six according to Śambhu. Knowing all these in the body from a Guru, one should practice Pratyāhāra in inverse and reverse order.
Uttara and Adhara
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 98
आपूय्र्योर्ध्वोर्ध्वं यो रोधो हृदादिषु स उत्तरः
मूर्ध्वतोऽधोऽध अधरो मुनिभिः परिभाषितः ॥ ९८ ॥
āpūryordhvordhvaṁ yo rodho hṛdādiṣu sa uttaraḥ
mūrdhvato'dho'dha adharo munibhiḥ paribhāṣitaḥ || 98 ||
Translation
Inhaling and holding (of prana) from heart upwards (upto the top of the head) is called Uttara, and from the top of the head downwards upto the heart, is called Adhara by the munis.
Sama Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 99
आरेकपूरा मनसा नाभ्याद्-आशुगं धृतिः
समः कुम्भो भगवता प्रोक्तः श्री-चन्द्र-मौलिना ॥ ९९ ॥
ārekapūrā manasā nābhyād-āśugaṁ dhṛtiḥ
samaḥ kumbho bhagavatā proktaḥ śrī-candra-maulinā || 99 ||
Translation
Without actually inhaling or exhaling, when one mentally holds the prana in the regions like navel, etc., It is described as Sama-Kumbhaka by Bhagavān Candra-Mauli (Śiva)
Karṣaka-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 100
यावन्-निरोध-सामर्थ्यं कर्षकः कुम्भको द्विधा ॥ १०० ॥
yāvan-nirodha-sāmarthyaṁ karṣakaḥ kumbhako dvidhā || 100 ||
Translation
According to the capacity of retention,
Karṣaka-Kumbhaka is two-fold.
Utkarṣa-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 101
नासा-मूलं मुद्रयित्वा तद्-अग्रे रेच-पूरकौ
कुर्याद्-उत्कर्षंकं कुम्भः स्वयम्-उक्तः स्वयम्भुवा ॥ १०१ ॥
nāsā-mūlaṁ mudrayitvā tad-agre reca-pūrakau
kuryād-utkarṣakaṁ kumbhaḥ svayam-uktaḥ svayambhuvā || 101 ||
Translation Before doing Recaka and Pūraka, one should close the nose (at its root) and practice Utkarṣa-Kumbhaka narrated by Svayambu (Śiva).
Apakarṣaka-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 102
घ्राणार्धं मुद्रयित्वाधोभागे यद्-रेच-पूरकौ
कुर्यात्-स ब्रह्मणा प्रोक्तः कुम्भको ह्यपकर्षकः ॥ १०२ ॥
ghrāṇārdhaṁ mudrayitvādhobhāge yad-reca-pūrakau
kuryāt-sa brahmaṇā proktaḥ kumbhako hyapakarṣakaḥ || 102 ||
Translation Partially closing the nose and doing Recaka-Pūraka is Apakarṣaka-Kumbhaka stated by Brahmā.
Karṣaka-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 103
दीर्घः सूक्ष्मो भवेच्-श्वासः कर्षके कुम्भके कृते ॥ १०३ ॥
dīrghaḥ sūkṣmo bhavec-chvāsaḥ karṣake kumbhake kṛte || 103 ||
Translation With the practice of Karṣaka-Kumbhaka (utkarṣa and apakarṣaka), the breath becomes prolonged and subtle.
Sahaja Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 104-105
नोभ्याम्-आरं समाकृष्य कुण्डल्याः पार्श्वयोः क्षिपेत्
गच्छता तिष्ठता श्वस-धारणं न बलाद्-यदा
अनिशं सहजः कुम्भः प्रोक्तः श्रि-कृत्तिवाससा ॥ १०४ ॥
नाडीशुद्धिं तथारोग्यं सुसुखं दीर्घ-जीवनम्
नादश्रुतिः पाप-नाशः सहजाभ्यासतो भवेत् ॥ १०५ ॥
nobhyām-āraṁ samākṛṣya kuṇḍalayāḥ pārśvayoḥ
kṣipetgacchatā tiṣṭhatā śvasa-dhāraṇaṁ na balād-yad
āaniśaṁ sahajaḥ kumbhaḥ proktaḥ śrī-kṛttivāsasā || 104 ||
nāḍīśuddhiṁ tathārogyaṁ susukhaṁ dīrgha-jīvanaṁ
nādaśrutiḥ pāpa-nāśaḥ sahajābhyāsato bhavet || 105 ||
Translation Inhaling prāṇa through the nose and carrying it along the Kuṇḍalī, one should hold it comfortably off and on. This is Sahaja-Kumbhaka narrated by Śrī-kṛttivāsa (Śiva). With the practice of this Sahaja-Kumbhaka, one gets purification of the nāḍīs, health, longevity, hearing of the mystical sounds and removal of all the blemishes.
Sankha Kumbhakas and Cakraṣ
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 106
दक्ष-वामावर्त-भेदाच्-चक्र-सङ्खौ द्विधोदितौ ॥ १०६ ॥
dakṣa-vāmāvarta-bhedāc-cakra-saṅkhau dvidhoditau || 106 ||
Translation By the distinction of right and left, Cakra and Saṅkha Kumbhakas become two-fold.
Dakṣiṇāvartta cakra Kumbhaka
and sūrya bedhana
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 107
सूर्येणापूर्य मरुतं कुम्भयेत्-उदर-स्थितम्
रेचयेद्-इन्दुना भूयस्-तथा दक्षेण पूरयेत्
कुम्भयेद्-इडया रिच्यद्-दक्षिणावर्त्त-चक्रकः ॥१०७ ॥
sūryeṇāpūrya marutaṁ kumbhayet-udara-sthitam
recayed-indunā bhūyas-tathā dakṣeṇa pūrayet
kumbhayed-iḍayā ricyād-dakṣiṇāvartta-cakrakaḥ || 107 ||
Translation Taking breath through sūrya-nāḍī (right nostril) and after retaining it in the cavity, one should exhale though indu-nāḍī (left nostril). Then again one should inhale through the right nostril and exhale through the left nostril after retention. This is Dakṣiṇāvatra-cakra-Kumbhaka and sūrya bedhana. The difference lies only in their names.
Vāmāvarta (cakra Kumbhaka)
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 108
विलोमोऽयं चक्रकुम्भो वांआवर्तः शिवोदितः ॥ १०८ ॥
vilomo'yaṃ cakrakumbho vāṃāvartaḥ śivoditaḥ || 108 ||
Translation
Doing it in reverse order, it is called
Vāmāvarta (Cakra Kumbhaka) by Śiva.
Cakra and Śaṅkha-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 110-111
चक्र-कुम्भं द्विधा कुर्याद्-अग्निसोमं तथैकधा
शङ्ख-कुम्भोऽयम्-ईशेन पूर्ववद् द्विविधः स्मृतः ॥ ११० ॥
cakra-kumbhaṃ dvidhā kuryād-agniṣomaṃ tathaikadhā
śaṅkha-kumbho'yam-īśena pūrvavad dvividhaḥ smṛtaḥ || 110 ||
कौष्ण्यम्-ईषच्-छितलता कुम्भयोर्-अनयोर्-भवेत् ॥ १११ ॥
kauṣmyam-īṣac-chitalatā kumbhayor-anayor-bhavet || 111 ||
Translation Cakra Kumbhaka should be practiced twice while agni-ṣoma one. Śaṅkha-Kumbhaka is also described two-fold as Cakra-Kumbhaka explained before. With these two varieties of Kumbhaka, one experiences warmth and cold.

pranayama
Gadā-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 112-114
उभाभ्यां पूरणं यत्र रेचनं सूर्य-वर्त्मना
गदा-कुम्भः शिवेनोक्तो योगिनो बल-कारकः ॥ ११२ ॥
ubhābhyāṃ pūraṇaṃ yatra recanaṃ sūrya-vartmanā
gadā-kumbhaḥ śivenokto Yogino bala-kārakaḥ || 112 ||
हं सूर्यो रेफ इत्युक्तः स सोमः च स्मृतो बुधैः
सानुस्वारौ बीज-मन्त्रौ सिद्धीदौ योगिनाविमौ ॥ ११३ ॥
ham sūryo repha ityuktaḥ sa somaḥ ca smṛto budhaiḥ
sānusvārau bīja-mantrau siddhidau Yogināvimau || 113 ||
एकयापूर्य परया रेचनाद्-हंस-चिन्तनात्
यथा-शक्त्या निरुध्याथ पूर्वं रेचितया पुनः ॥ ११४ ॥
ekayāpūrya parayā recanād-haṃsa-cintanāt
yathā-śaktyā nirudhyātha pūrya recitayā punaḥ || 114 ||
Translation Inhalation through both the nostrils and exhalation through the right nostril (sūrya-nāḍī) is called Gadā- Kumbhaka by Śiva, which gives vigour to the Yogis. According to the learned, ""ha"" represents sūrya which is situated below, while ""sa"" represents soma (candra). With the addition of nasal sound, these become bīja-mantras (ham, ram, and sam), which lead the Yogīs to success. One should inhale through the right nostril and after holding the breath to the capacity, exhale through the other nostril while contemplating on hamsa. Again inhale through the nostril through which one has exhaled.

Nāḍī Śuddhi Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 115
एवं नाड्योर्-विभेदेन चतुः-कालेषु विंशतिः
कुम्भकान् यदि कुर्वीत नाडी-शुद्ध्याख्य-कुम्भकः ॥ ११५ ॥
evam nāḍyor-vibhedena catuḥ-kāleṣu viṁśatiḥ
kumbhakān yadi kurvīta nāḍī-śuddhyākhya-Kumbhakaḥ || 115 ||
Translation When this is practiced with alternate nostrils with twenty Kumbhakas four times a day, this is known as (Nāḍī-)śuddhi-Kumbhaka.
Gadā-Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Kumbhaka Paddadhi 116-118
ग्रीष्म-मध्यन्दिनाधर्भाभं नाभौ सवितृ-मण्डलम्
सूर्य-नाड्या कृते कुम्भे ध्यात्वा शुद्ध्यन्ति नाडिकाः ॥ ११६ ॥
शरद्राकानिशीथेन्दुं सहस्र-दल-मध्यगम्
स्रवत्सुधाम्-इड! कुम्भे ध्यात्वा शुध्यन्ति नाडिकाः ॥ ११७ ॥
चन्द्रेण पित्त-दोषाणाम्-इतरेषां परेण तु
नाशः सर्वात्मना भूयात् त्रिभिर्-मासैर्-न सांशयः ॥ ११८ ॥
grīṣma-madhyandinārdhābhaṁ nābhau savitṛ-maṇḍalam
sūrya-nāḍyā kṛte kumbhe dhyātvā śuddhyanti nāḍikāḥ || 116 ||
śaradrākāniśīthenduṁ sahasra-dala-madhyagam
sravatsudhām-iḍā kumbhe dhyātvā śudhyanti nāḍikāḥ || 117 ||
candreṇa pitta-doṣāṇām-itareṣāṁ pareṇa tu
nāśaḥ sarvātmanā bhūyāt tribhir-māsair-na sāṁśayaḥ || 118 ||
Translation When one practices Kumbhaka after inhaling through the right nostril and concentrating in the navel on the orb of the mid-day sun of the summer, all the nāḍīs are purified.During the Kumbhaka, after inhaling through the left nostril, one should visualize oozing of the nectar from the moon of the autumn night, situated in the lotus of the thousand petals (sahasra- dala).
This leads to purification of the nāḍīs. Candra (Inhaling through left nostril) and holding alleviated vitiation of bile (pitta), while other (Sūrya Kumbhaka) overcomes other (kapha and vāta) disorders in the three months, in which there is no doubt.
Merucalana
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 9, Verse 1-4)
स्थित्वा सिद्धे स्वस्तिके वा सक्थियुग्मे करद्वयम् ॥
संस्थाप्य पृष्ठदण्डं स्वं विधाय प्रोन्नतं समम् ॥ १ ॥
तिर्यङ् मन्यामधः कृत्वा प्रमृज्य स्कन्धयुग्मकम्
नेत्रे निमील्य वदनमामुद्य प्राक् सुसाधकः ॥ २ ॥
ग्रीवां किञ्चित् कण्ठसक्तां जालबन्धवदानताम् ।
कृत्वाऽसकृद्दक्षभागे चालयेत्तां भृशं दृढम् ॥ ३ ॥
पञ्चाशद्वारकं दक्षे वामभागेऽनु चालयेत् ।
आनाभ्युरःपृष्ठकटितुन्दचालो यथा भवेत् ॥
तथाभिचालयेद् ग्रीवां मेरुचालोऽयमीरितः ॥ ४ ॥
sthitvā siddhe svastike vā sakthiyugme karadvayam ||
samsthāpya pṛṣṭhadaṇḍaṁ svaṁ vidhāya pronnataṁ samam || 1 ||
tiryaṅ manyāmadhaḥ kṛtvā pramṛjya skandhayugmakam
netre nimīlya vadanamāmudya prāk susādhakaḥ || 2 ||
grīvāṁ kiñcit kaṇṭhasaktāṁ jālabandhavadānatām |
kṛtvā'sakṛddakṣabhāge cālayettāṁ bhṛśaṁ dṛḍham || 3 ||
pañcāśadvārakaṁ dakṣe vāmabhāge'nu cālayet |
ānābhyuraḥpṛṣṭhakaṭitundacālo yathā bhavet ||
tathābhicālayed grīvāṁ merucālo'yamīritaḥ || 4 ||
Translation
Assume siddha or svastika posture. Place the pair of hands on the thighs. Keep the backbone upright and well aligned. Bend the neck downwards by adjusting the shoulders.
Sadhaka keeps the eyes closed and face composed. Bend the neck against the throat like one does in Jalandhara-bandha.
Then move (the neck) firmly for 50 times on the right and then 50 times on the left in such a manner that upto navel including back, waist and abdomen would shake well. Similarly, rotate the neck. This is called Meruchalana

Merucalana
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 9, Verse 5)
कटिपृष्ठसमीरघ्नः कण्ठस्थकफनाशनः ।
कोष्ठवक्षोगतं मरुत् कफरोगहरः परम् ॥ ५ ॥
kaṭipṛṣṭhasamīraghnaḥ kaṇṭhasthaakaphanāśanaḥ |
koṣṭhavakṣogataṁ marut kapharogaharaḥ param || 5 ||
Translation This removes the air (vata disorders) from the waist and back and phlegmatic disorders from the intestines and the chest. It entirely cures the phlegmatic disorders.
Merucalana
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 9, Verse 6)
सुषुम्णा ऋजुतां धत्ते कुण्डलीक्षोभदस्ततःआ ।
नाडीसङ्घश्लथकरं आश्नमान्तं भजेदमूम् ॥ ६ ॥
suṣuṇā ṛjutāṁ dhatte kuṇḍalīkṣobhadastathā |
nāḍīsaṅghaślathakaram āśramāntaṁ bhajedamum || 6 ||
Translation Sushumna becomes straight, Kundalini is stimulated and the entire network of the nadis is stirred. One should practice this till one gets tired.
Pranayama for Kundalini
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 3)
विधिवदनिशस्मीरनप्ररोधैर्-वपुषि शिरावलये विशोधितेऽन्तः ॥
विशति मरुदरं महापथ्रास्ये हठं विना भुजगी मुखं ह्यऽपास्य ॥ ३ ॥
vidhivadanīśasmīraṇaprarodhair-vapuṣi śirāvalaye viśodhite'ntaḥ ||
viśati marudaraṁ mahāpathāsye haṭhaṁ vinā bhujagī mukhaṁ hya'pāsya || 3 ||
Translation Prolonged practice of Pranayama in the manner prescribed renders the tubular vessels of the body (siras) purified internally which facilitates the forceful entrance of marut into the mouth of the bhujagi (Kundalini).
Suryabhedana
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 6)
बद्ध्वा वज्रासनं प्रागनुपवनमुपाकृष्य बाह्याभिवाहं
मन्दमार्तण्डनाड्यां तदनुकचखाग्रान्तामाकुम्भयेच्च
रुद्धे नाड्य यातं पवनमनुशनैहु रेचयेदेतदुक्तं
वातघ्नं भालसंशोधनम सकृदहो सूर्यभेदं विधेयम् ॥ ६ ॥
baddhvā vajrāsanam prāganupavanamupākṛṣya bāhyābhivāhaṁ
mandammārtaṇḍanāḍyāṁ tadanukacakhāgrāntamākumbhayecca
Translation First adopt vajrasana, slowly draw the (external) air in through the right nostril and retain it to feel its sensation at the fillet of the hair and tip of the nails. When the prana is held (in this manner) it moves to the nadis and then one should gently exhale. This is said to be removing the disorders caused due to vata; cleanses the forehead (frontal sinus). This suryabhedana should be practiced several times.
pranayama
ruddhe nāḍyā yātaṁ pavanamānuśanaiḥ recayedetaduluṁ
vātaghnaṁ bhālasaṁśodhanamasaṁkṛdaho sūryabhedam vidheyam || 6 ||
Bhastrika Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudī
(Chapter 10, Verse 12-13)
स्थित्वाब्जे समकन्धरोदरतनुः संयम्य यत्नान् मुखं
घ्राणेनाशु सुपूर्य संश्लिषति हृत्कण्ठे कपालावधि ॥
सम्यग् धृतं यया विरिच्य पुनरप्यापूर्य वेगादनु
हृत्य प्रावधि केवलं पुनरपि त्यक्त्वा पुनः पूरयेत् ॥ १२ ॥
इत्थं शश्वदुपाचरेदिति यथा भस्त्रेव सञ्चालयेद्
देहस्थं पवनं तथैव मतिना सञ्चालयेद् बुद्धिमान् ॥
श्रान्तिः स्याद् तु यदा तदा निजतनौ सूर्येण संरेचयेत्
पूर्णं स्वोदरमाकलय्य मरुता मन्दं तथा पूरयेत् ॥ १३ ॥
sthitvābje samakandharodaratanuḥ saṁyamya yatnān mukhaṁ
ghrāṇenāśu supūrya saṁśliṣati hṛtkaṇṭhe kapālāvadhi ||
samyag dhṛtaṁ yayā viricya punarapyāpūrya vegādanu
hṛtya prāvadhi kevalaṁ punarapi tyaktvā punaḥ pūrayet || 12 ||
itthaṁ śaśvadupācarediti yathā bhastreva sañcālayed
dehasthaṁ pavanaṁ tathaiva matinā sañcālayed buddhimān ||
śrāntiḥ syād tu yadā tadā nijatanau sūryeṇa saṁrecayet
pūrṇaṁ svodaramākalayya marutā mandaṁ tathā pūrayet || 13 ||
Translation
Adopt padmasana and keep the shoulders, abdomen and the trunk erect. Carefully keep the mouth closed. Rapidly inhale through the nostrils making a friction from the heart (chest), throat and upto the forehead and hold to the capacity.
Again rapidly inhale with the same
nostril through which exhaled, upto the
chest with force and again exhale and
inhale repeatedly.
In this manner, a wise should practise it continuously, moving the bodily air like a bellows with full attention. When tired, the wise should exhale through right nostril and then slowly fill up the whole cavity with air fully.
Bhastrika Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 14)
नासामध्यममन्तरेण सुदृढं ससर्जनिह्यह्यां ततः
कुम्भं पूर्ववदावीधाय पवनं तं रेचयेद्वामया ।
भस्त्राख्यः कहु कुम्भकः स्यति कफं पित्तं समीरं
सुषुम्णाङ्गस्थं दुःकफमग्निदस्त्विगुणज-ग्रन्थित्वयोद्द्वेदकः ॥ १४ ॥
nāsāmadhyamamantareṇa sudṛḍhaṁ satarjanīhybāṁ tataḥ
kumbhaṁ pūrvavadāvidhāya pavanaṁ taṁ recayedvāmayā |
bhastrākhyaḥ kahlu kumbhakaḥ syati kaphaṁ pittaṁ samīraṁ
suṣumṇāṅgasthaṁ duḥkaphamagnidastriguṇaja-granthitrayodbhedakaḥ || 14 ||
Translation Then holding the nostrils firmly with fingers (index) one should retain the air as said before and then exhale through the left nostril. This is Bhastra Kumbhaka. This removes the disorders caused by the phlegm, bile (pitta) and air (vata) and also the tough phlegmatic obstructions in the susumna. This enhances (bodily) fire, brings (balance among) the three gunas by piercing through the three granthis.
Antarangaka Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 15)
आकृष्याकृष्य वायुं भृशमति प्राग्वच्चाकृष्य बद्ध्वा लघु ॥
सुरसकृद् रेचकपूरकाभ्यां कुम्भोऽयं चान्तरङ्गकः ॥ इति ॥ १५ ॥
ākṛṣyākṛṣya vāyuṁ bhṛśamati prāgvaccākṛṣya baddhvā laghu ||
surasakṛd recakapūrakābhyāṁ kumbho'yaṁ cāntaraṅgakaḥ || iti || 15 ||
Translation One should very forcefully draw the air in, as told before, retain it for a short while and leave it in a very controlled manner. With this kind of inhalation and exhalation this is Antarangaka Kumbhaka.
Brahmari Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 18)
वेगाकृष्टम् पूरकं भृङ्गनादं भृङ्गीनादं रेचकं मन्दमन्दम् ॥
योगीन्द्राणामेवमभ्यासयोगाच्-चित्ते जाता काचिदानन्दमूर्च्छा ॥ १८ ॥
vegākṛṣṭam pūrakaṁ bhṛṅganādaṁ bhṛṅgīnādaṁ recakaṁ mandamandam ||
yogīndrāṇāmevamabhyāsayogāc-citte jātā kācidānandamūrcchā || 18 ||
Translation One inhales forcefully to produce the sound resembling that of a male bee and exhales very slowly, creating a sound similar to that of a female bee. This technique fills the mind of a Yogi with exceptionally ecstatic feeling.
Murccha Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 19)
पुरा पूरकान्ते विधाय प्रगाढं गले जालवन्धं शनैः रेचयेत्तम् ॥
मनोमूर्च्छानानामकः कुम्भ एषो मनोमूर्च्छनासौख्यदा योगिनोऽस्मात् ॥ १९ ॥
purā pūrakānte vidhāya pragāḍhaṁ gale jālabandhaṁ śanaiḥ recayettam ||
manomūrcchanānāmakaḥ kumbha eṣo manomūrcchanāsaukhyadā Yogino'smāt || 19 ||
Translation Inhale and retain the air firmly adopting Jalandharabandha and then exhale slowly, while maintaining Jalandhara bandha. This is called Manomurccha Kumbhaka, which brings about a state of swooning to a Yogi.
Plavani Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 20)
अभ्यन्तरप्रवर्त्तितभूरितराधारवायुपूरितजठरः ।
अतलस्पर्शे पयसि प्लवते योगि सुखेन चिरम् ॥ २० ॥
abhyantarapravarttitabhūritarādhāravāyupūritajaṭharaḥ |
atalasparśe payasi plavate Yogī sukhena ciram || 20 ||
Translation
Fill the stomach completely with the
air. Thus, a Yogi comfortably floats for
a long time in the deep water.
Utkarsa Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 22)
सङ्घर्षको रोधबलं हि यावत् सम्मुह्य नासायुगरन्ध्रमूलम् ॥
कुर्यात् तदग्रे ननु रेचपूरावुत्कर्ष-कुम्भः कथितः स धात्रा ॥ २२ ॥
saṅkarṣako rodhabalaṁ hi yāvat sammuhya nāsāyugarandhramūlam ||
kuryāt tadagre nanu recapūrāvutkarṣa-kumbhaḥ kathitaḥ sa dhātrā || 22 ||
Translation One inhales and holds (the air) to the capacity by pressing the openings of the nose and thereafter exhales and inhales. This is Utkarsa Kumbhaka propagated by the creator (Brahma).
Apakarsa Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi (Chapter 10, Verse 23)
आमुह्यघोणार्धमधोविभागे यद्रेचपूरौ विदधाति तिष्ठन् ॥
स एष कुम्भो गदितो विधात्रा नाम्नापकर्षः प्रणवात्मनाऽयम् ॥ २३ ॥
āmuhyaghoṇārdhamadhovibhāge yadrecapūrau vidadhāti tiṣṭhan ||
sa eṣa kumbho gadito vidhātrā nāmnāpakarṣaḥ praṇavātmanā'yam || 23 ||
Translation Closing one nostril, one does inhalation and exhalation steadily. This is Aparksa Kumbhaka propagated by the creator which is of the nature of pranava.

Sahaja Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 24)
कर्षके प्रविहिते किल कुम्भे श्वासको भवति दीर्घतरोऽणुः ॥
नो बलात् स्थितगती श्वसनस्य संधृतिः स सहजः शुभकुम्भः ॥ २४ ॥
karṣake pravihite kila kumbhe śvāsako bhavati dīrghataro'ṇuḥ ||
no balāt sthitigatau śvasanasya saṃdhṛtiḥ sa sahajaḥ śubhakumbhaḥ || 24 ||
Translation Practice of Karsaka Kumbhaka renders the breathing prolonged and subtle. One retains breathing naturally without force. This is auspicious Sahaja Kumbhaka.
Sahaja Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 25)
नाडीशुद्धिं तथारोग्यं सुसुखं दीर्घजीवितं ।
नादश्रुतिः पापनाशः सहजाभ्यासतो भवेत् ॥ २५ ॥
nāḍīśuddhiṃ tathārogyaṃ susukhaṃ dīrghajīvitaṃ |
nādaśrutiḥ pāpanāśaḥ sahajābhyāsato bhavet || 25 ||
Translation With the practice of Sahaja Kumbhaka, one gets purification of the nadis, health, happiness, longetivity, hearing of the mystical sounds and removal of the sins.
Dakṣināvartta Cakraka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 26)
दक्षवामावर्त्तभेदाच्चक्रशङ्खौ द्विधोदितौ
सूर्येणापूर्य मरुतं कुम्भयेदुदरस्थितम् ॥
रेचयेदिन्दुना भूयस्तथा दक्षिणेन पूरयेत्
कुम्भयेदिडया रेच्य दक्षिणावर्त्तचक्रकः ॥ २६ ॥
dakṣavāmāvarttabhedāccakraśaṅkhau dvidhoditau
sūryeṇāpūrya marutaṃ kumbhayedudarasthitam ||
recayedindunā bhūyastathā dakṣeṇa pūrayet
kumbhayediḍayā recya dakṣiṇāvarttacakrakaḥ || 26 ||
Translation By the distinction of right and left, Cakra and Sankha Kumbhakas become two-fold. Drawing the air in through the surya nadi (right nostril) and after retaining it in the cavity, one exhales it through the candra nadi (left nostril). Then again one should inhale through the right nostril and exhale through the left nostril after retention. This is Daksinavartta Cakraka.
Vamavartta
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 27)
विलोमोऽयं चक्रकुम्भो वामावर्त्तः शिवोदितः ।
सूर्यचन्द्राविमौ कुम्भौ द्रुहिणेन पुरोदितौ ॥
अत्युष्णशीतलावेतौ देशकालप्रयोजितौ ॥ २७ ॥
vilomo'yaṁ cakrakumbho vāmāvarttaḥ śivoditaḥ |
sūryacandrāvimau kumbhau druhiṇena puroditau ||
atyuṣṇaśītalāvetau deśakālaprayojitau || 27 ||
Translation Doing CakraKumbhaka in the reverse order, it is called Vamavartta according to Siva. According to Druhiṇa (Siva), these are called Surya and Candra Kumbhakas respectively. These being of the nature of heat and cold, they should be practised taking into consideration the region and season.
pranayama
Varttmagati Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 28)
उभाभ्यां पूरयेद्वायुं कुम्भयित्वा यथाविधि ।
उभाभ्यां रेचयेद्वर्त्मगतिः कुम्भः शिवोदितः ॥ २८ ॥
ubhābhyāṁ pūrayedvāyuṁ kumbhayitvā yathāvidhi |
ubhābhyāṁ recayedvartmagatiḥ kumbhaḥ śivoditaḥ || 28 ||
Translation Inhale through both the nostrils and hold upto the limit and exhale through both nostrils. This is Varttmagati Kumbhaka propagated by Siva.
SrigadaKumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 29)
यत्रोभाभ्यां पूरणं ग्लौरविभ्यां सम्यङ् मार्त्तण्डाध्वना रेचनं च ॥
एषः प्रोक्तः श्रीगदाकुम्भनामा देहे धत्ते श्रीबलं साधकस्य ॥ २९ ॥
yatrobhābhyāṁ pūraṇaṁ glauravibhyāṁ samyaṅ mārttaṇḍādhvanā recanaṁ ca ||
eṣaḥ proktaḥ śrīgadākumbhanāmā dehe dhatte śrībalaṁ sādhakasya || 29 ||
Translation One inhales through both nostrils (sun and moon) and exhales carefully through right. This is SrigadaKumbhaka which offers stamina to the sadhaka.
Nadivisuddhi Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 30)
हंसेति विद्वांसमनु द्वयाभ्यां स्वे हंससञ्चिन्तन्तो मनस्वी ॥
आपूर्य मुञ्चेदद्रविशीतगुभ्यां नाडीविशुद्ध्याख्यकुंभ एषः ॥ ३० ॥
haṁseti vidvāṁsamanu dvayābhyāṁ sve haṁsasañcintanato manasvī ||
āpūrya muñcedraviśītagubhyāṁ nāḍīviśudhyākhyakumbha eṣaḥ || 30 ||
Translation Knowing hamsa well a practitioner inhales through both nostrils while meditating on hamse and thereafter exhales through ravi (right) and sita (left) nostrils. This is Nadivisuddhi Kumbhaka.
Purification of the nadis by
visualization of a luminous
solar disc
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 31)
निदाघमध्यन्दिनसूर्यंतुल्यं नाभौ रवेर् मण्डलमाविभाव्य ॥
मार्तण्डनाड्या विहिते सुकुम्भे नाड्यो विशुह्यन्ति सुसाधकस्य ॥ ३१ ॥
nidāghamadhyandinasūryatulyam nābhau raver maṇḍalamāvibhāvya ||
mārtaṇḍanāḍyā vihite surkumbhe nāḍyo viśuhyanti susādhakasya || 31 ||
Translation One visualizes the luminous solar disc like that of the summer moon at the navel and inhales through right nostril and retains the air inside. This purifies the nadis of a sincere sadhaka.

pranayama
Purification of the nadis by
visualizing the oozing nectar in
the autumn night moon
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 32)
शरद्राका निशीथेन्दुसहस्रदलमध्यगं स्रवत् ।
सुधामिडां कुम्भे ध्यात्वा शुह्यन्ति नाडिकाः ॥ ३२ ॥
śaradrākā niśīthendusahasradalamadhyagaṁ sravat |
sudhāmiḍāṁ kumbhe dhyātvā śuhyanti nāḍikāḥ || 32 ||
Translation One visualizes oozing of the nectar in the Ida from the moon of the autumn night, situated in the lotus of the thousand petals. This leads to purification of the nadis.
Elimination of disorders caused by pitta and vata
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 33)
पित्तदोषदलनं शशिना स्याद् भास्करेण कफवातमलान्तः ॥
मासकैस्त्रिभिरहोऽभ्यसनेन नाडिशुद्धिरमला समुदेति ॥ ३३ ॥
pittadoṣadalanaṁ śaśinā syād bhāskareṇa kaphavātamalāntaḥ ||
māsakaistribhiraho'bhyasanena nāḍiśuddhiramalā samudeti || 33 ||
Translation Disorders caused due to pitta (bile) are rid off by practice of (Pranayama) undertaken through the left (candra) nostril, while phlegmatic and airy (vata) disorders are removed by the practice undertaken through the right (surya) nostril in three months; one attains thorough purification of the nadis.
Bhutasuddhi Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 34)
रुद्ध्वा घोणायुगं कुर्याद् युगपद्यदि षट्क्रमात् ।
भूतशुद्धिरिति प्रोक्त आदिनाथेन शम्भुना ॥ ३४ ॥
ruddhvā ghoṇāyugaṁ kuryād yugapadyadi ṣaṭkramāt |
bhūtaśuddhiriti prokta ādināthena śambhunā || 34 ||
Translation One plugs the nostrils and practises (Kumbhaka) simlutaneously in the six cakras in sequence. This is called Bhutasuddhi Kumbhaka by Adinatha Sambhu.
Sṛṅkhala Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 35)
शश्वत्पूरककुम्भकौ सुविभृयात् संपूरयेत् कुम्भक-
श्रान्तः पूरकतः श्रमं परिगतः कुम्भं विदध्यात् बुधः ।
पूरं पूरकमाचरेदथ तथा कुम्भं चरेत् कुम्भकं
यावच्छक्त्यनुरेचकं च कलयेत् कुम्भं पुनः संश्रयेत् । ३५ ।
śaśvatpūrakaKumbhakau suvibhṛyāt saṁpūrayet Kumbhaka-
śrāntaḥ pūrakataḥ śramaṁ parigataḥ kumbhaṁ vidadhyāt budhaḥ |
pūraṁ pūrakamācaredatha tathā kumbhaṁ caret Kumbhakaṁ
yāvacchaktyanurecakaṁ ca kalayet kumbhaṁ punaḥ saṁśrayet | 35 |
Translation Have continuous inhalation and retentions. Being tired of retention have inhalation to relieve fatigue. Then again the wise retains.
Inhalation is done fully, so also retention to the capacity, followed by exhalation. Thereafter again have inhalation.
Asvangaśṛṅkhala
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 36)
रेचं पुनः कुम्भकमाचरेज् ज्ञो गुरूपदिष्टेन यथा रहोगतः ॥
स्वरेचकं रेचकमङ्गकुर्याद्ऽस्वङ्गनाम्नी किल शृङ्खलोदिता ॥ ३६ ॥
recaṁ punaḥ Kumbhakamācarej jño gurūpadiṣṭena yathā rahogataḥ ||
svarecakṁ recakamaṅgakuryād'svaṅganāmnī kila śṛṅkhaloditā || 36 ||
Translation Retain after exhalation to the capacity as guided by the learned Guru while remaining in solitude. Exhalation is done with full capacity. This indeed is Asvangaśṛṅkhala.
Srṅkhala
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 37)
शक्तिर्बोधमुपैतिशुद्धिमयते वायुस्तथा नाडिका:
शुद्धिं याति कृशत्वमाशु तनुते रेचं विधत्ते शुभम् ॥
पूरं पूरकमाचरेदथ तथा कुम्भं चरेत् कुम्भकं
यावच्छक्त्यनुरेचकं च कलयेत् कुम्भं पुनः संश्रयेत् ॥ ३७ ॥
śaktirbodhamupaitiśuddhimayate vāyustathā nāḍikāḥ
śuddhiṃ yāti kṛśatvamāśu tanute recaṃ vidhatte śubham ||
pūraṃ pūrakamācaredatha tathā kumbhaṃ caret Kumbhakaṃ
yāvacchaktyanurecakaṃ ca kalayet kumbhaṃ punaḥ saṃśrayet || 37 ||
Translation śakti (kundali) is aroused, prana and nadis become purified and the body gets slim. One exhales adequately and surely prolongs inhalation which is highly desirable. This is srnkhala told by me. This brings success to one on earth and one is equally eulogized by demons and gods.
Kumbhantara Srṅkhala
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 38)
कुम्भके त्वितरकुम्भसणगमात् कुम्भकान्तरसुशृङ्खलोदिता ॥
साधकस्य शुभचित्रफलाप्तिस्-तीर्हदर्शितपथेन जायते ॥ ३८ ॥
kumbhake tvitarakumbhasaṅgamāt kumbhakāntarasuśṛṅkhaloditā ||
sādhakasya śubhacitraphalāptis-tīrhadarśitapathena jāyate || 38 ||
Translation A Kumbhaka followed by another Kumbhaka is Kumbhantara Srnkhala, which brings auspicious and amazing results to the sadhaka if practised as per the guidance of a Guru.
Jivacala Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 39)
हाथेन वै कुम्भितमारुतस् चेत् प्राण्स्य सञ्चालनमङ्गमानसात् ॥
अधस्तथोर्ध्वं यमिनः स कुम्भो नाम्ना शिवोक्तः किल जीवचालकः ॥ ३९ ॥
hāthena vai kumbhitamārutasy cet prāṇsya sañcālanamaṅgamānasāt ||
adhastathordhvaṃ yaminaḥ sa kumbho nāmnā śivoktaḥ kila Jīvacālakaḥ || 39 ||
Translation One forcefully moves the retained prana through all the limbs of the body in upward and downward directions along with mind. This is Jivacala Kumbhaka propaged by Siva himself.
Ekameru
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 44-45)
बाह्याभ्यन्तरविषये सञ्चारज्ञानतो वा मन्दम् ।
मात्रासंख्या श्वासप्रमितिसमयावधारणात् ॥ ४४ ॥
मनुगणनैर्वा क्रमशः प्रवर्धते यत्र वै कुम्भः ।
अयमेकमेरुरुक्तो योगरहस्यं महेशेन ॥ ४५ ॥
bāhyābhyantaraviṣaye sañcārajñānato vā mandam | mātrāsaṃkhyā śvāsapramitisamayāvadhāraṇāt || 44 || manugaṇanairvā kramaśaḥ pravardhate yatra vai kumbhaḥ | ayamekamerurukto Yogarahasyam maheśena || 45 ||
Translation
When Kumbhaka increases slowly with
the knowledge of internal and external
movement of prana or determining the
number of matras or time of
respiration, kumbaha is increased
gradually by 14 matras. This is known
as Ekameru according to Mahesa,
which is a secret in Yoga.
Tri-meru
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 46)
पूरकेणाभिवृद्धेन द्विमेरुमेरुओहणात् ।
रेचकेनापि वृद्धेन त्रिमेरुः सिद्धिदायकः ॥ ४६ ॥
pūrakeṇābhivṛddhena dvimerumeruohaṇāt | recakenāpi vṛddhena trimeruḥ siddhidāyakaḥ || 46 ||
Translation With the increase of Puraka, it becomes Dvimeru. Similarly, with the increase of Recaka it is Tri-meru. When Meru is practised progressively in this manner, it leads to success.
Ghatibandha Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 10, Verse 47)
ताम्रपात्रघटिकोन्मितकालं तीर्थदर्शितपथेन कुंभकम् ॥
मेरुकुम्भकशुभसाधक एषो बन्ध एवं घटिकापदपूर्वः ॥ ४७ ॥
tāmrapātraghaṭikonmitakālaṃ tīrthadarśitapathena kumbhakam || meruKumbhakaśubhasādhaka eṣo bandha evaṃ ghaṭikāpadapūrvaḥ || 47 ||
Translation As directed by the Guru, one practises Kumbhaka by measuring the time of a hourglass made up of copper. This is called Ghatibandha Kumbhaka, which is used by the practitioner of Meru Kumbhaka.
Khecari
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudī
(Chapter 12, Verse 11)
त्रिवर्षैः शिवतां याति भूतेन्द्रियजयन्वितः ।
अणिमादिगुणैर्युक्तो जरया रहितो भवेत् ॥
खेचर्य गतिदं प्राह कृपालुः परमेश्वरः । इति । ११ ॥
trivarṣaiḥ śivatāṃ yāti bhūtendriyajayānvitaḥ |
aṇimādiguṇairyukto jarayā rahito bhavet ||
khecaryaṃ gatidaṃ prāha kṛpāluḥ parameśvaraḥ | iti | 11 ||
Translation After three years, one attains Siva-hood; having controlled all the senses, accomplishing Siddhis like anima, etc., one overcomes symptoms of old age. It is the means leading to Khecari, as narrated by Paramesvara, the Benevolent.
Controlling prana
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudī
(Chapter 12, Verse 13-15)
किञ्च प्राणजयोपायः तव वक्ष्यामि सुव्रते |
बःयात् प्राणं समारोप्य पूरयित्वोदरे स्थितम् ॥ १३ ॥
नाभिमध्ये च नासाग्रे पादाङ्गुष्ठे च यतनतः |
धारयन् मनसा प्राणं सन्ध्याकालेषु वा सदा ॥ १४ ॥
सर्वरोगविनिर्मुक्तो जीवेद्योगी गतक्लमः |
नासाग्रधारणं गार्गि वायौर्विजयकारणम् ॥ १५ ॥
kiñca prāṇajayopāyaḥ tava vakṣyāmi suvrate |
bahyāt prāṇaṃ samāropya pūrayitvodare sthitam || 13 ||
nābhimadhye ca nāsāgre pādāṅguṣṭhe ca yatanataḥ |
dhārayan manasā prāṇaṃ sandhyākāleṣu vā sadā || 14 ||
sarvarogavinirmukto jīvedyogī gataklamaḥ |
nāsāgradhāraṇaṃ gārgi vāyorvijayakāraṇam || 15 ||
Translation O Suvrate! Moreover, I will narrate the technique of controlling prana. Draw the external air in and fill the cavity and hold it at the navel, tip of the nose and big toes with care.
One should hold the prana with attention in the morning and evening or all of the time. O Gargi! By holding (of prana) at the tip of the nose, one can control prana.
Pranayama to Reap all Auspicious
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 12, Verse 17)
जिह्वायां वायुमानीय जिह्वामूलं निरोधयेत् ।
यः पिबेदमृतं विद्वान् सकलं भद्रमश्नुते ॥ १७ ॥ इति ।
jihvāyāṃ vāyumānīya jihvāmūlaṃ nirodhayet |
yaḥ pibedamṛtaṃ vidvān sakalaṃ bhadramaśnute || 17 || iti |
Translation One should bring the prana at the tongue and hold it at its root. Sucking the ambrosia in this manner, a wise reaps all that is auspicious.
Superior practice of Pranayama
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 12, Verse 18)
राजदन्तयुगुलान्तमस्पृशन् सन्निधाय रसनां तदन्तिके ॥
काकचञ्चुपुटमारुतं पिबेत् प्राणसंयमनमेतदुत्तमम् ॥ १८ ॥
rājadantayugulāntamaspṛśan sannidhāya rasanāṃ tadantike ||
kākacañcupuṭamārutaṃ pibet prāṇasaṃyamanametaduttamam || 18 ||
Translation Without touching the front teeth and placing the tongue near them, one should draw the air in by making the lips like the beak of a crow. This is a superior practice of Pranayama.
Get rid off fatigue, burning
sensation, abdominal disorders and more
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 12, Verse 19)
द्विकचञ्चुसमीरणं शनैर् धयतः सम्पrikṛṣya सन्ततम् ॥
श्रमदाहगरोदरमय-ज्वरगुल्माः प्रशमं प्रयान्ति च ॥ १९ ॥
dvikacañcusamīraṇaṃ śanair dhayataḥ samparikṛṣya santatam ||
śramadāhagarodarāmaya-jvaragulmāḥ praśamaṃ prayānti ca || 19 ||
Translation Continuously suck the air slowly through the mouth making it like the beak of a crow. This practice rids one of fatigue, burning sensation, abdominal disorders, fever and spleen diseases.
Pranayama to fill oneself with nectar
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 12, Verse 20)
जिह्वां कृत्वाऽनाकुलस्तालुमूले दन्तैर्दन्तान् गाढमापीडयित्वा ॥
मन्दं मन्दं यः पिबेद् गन्धवाहं सौधैः पूरैः साकमन्तः स्रवद्भिः ॥ २० ॥
jihvāṃ kṛtvā'nākulastālumūle dantairdantān gāḍhamāpīḍayitvā ||
mandaṃ mandaṃ yaḥ pibed gandhavāhaṃ saudhaiḥ pūraiḥ sākamantaḥ sravadbhiḥ || 20 ||
Translation Take the tongue comfortably at the root of the tongue. Press the teeth closely with each other and gently suck the air. Thus the flow (of nectar) fills one internally.
Six months Practice to remove diseases
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 12, Verse 21)
षड्भिर्मासैरन्तरो गैरशेषैः पापापेतो मुच्यते साधकेन्द्रः ॥
अष्टादेकाद्विस्रसां मृत्युदुर्ती जित्वा भूमौ दीर्घकालं स जीवेत् ॥ २१ ॥
ṣaḍbhirmāsairantarogairaśeṣaiḥ pāpāpeto mucyate sādhakendraḥ ||
aṣṭādekādvisrasāṃ mṛtyudūtiṃ jitvā bhūmau dīrghakālaṃ sa jīvet || 21 ||
Translation In six months, all the diseases are removed, entire sin is removed and the great sadhaka with eight months practice, overcomes premature death and lives long on the Earth.
Three Years of practice to know past and future
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 12, Verse 22)
वर्षत्रयाभ्यासवशादतीतम्-अनागतं वेत्त्यलintentionalनीलकेशः ॥
विषं न देहे क्रमते तदीये दष्टेऽपि घोरैरपै पन्नगेन्द्रैः ॥ २२ ॥
varṣatrayābhyāsavaśādatītam-anāgataṃ vettyalinalīlakeśaḥ ||
viṣaṃ na dehe kramate tadīye daṣṭe'pi ghorairapai pannagendraiḥ || 22 ||
Translation With three years of practice, one knows the past and future. His hair remains black, he is not affected by poison when bitten by the deadliest of the serpents.
Even kalakuta (the deadliest of the
poisons) would have any
effect on him
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 12, Verse 23)
न कृत्तिमैः स्थावरजण्णमैर्वा विषैः किमन्यैरपि कालकूटैः ॥
गुणाष्टकं कालवशादपेत्य महीतले क्रीडति भैरवो वा ॥ २३ ॥
na kṛtrimaiḥ sthāvarajaṅgamairvā viṣaiḥ kimanyairapi kālakūtaiḥ ||
guṇāṣṭakaṃ kālavaśādapetya mahītale krīḍati bhairavo vā || 23 ||
Translation No artificial, (poison from) animate or inanimate (source) or even kalakuta (the deadliest of the poisons) would have any effect on him. He transcends eightfold prakrti in due course of time. Being Bhairava (Siva) he roams on the Earth.
Overcoming the severe death in this Universe
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण
Hathatatvakaumudi
(Chapter 12, Verse 24)
यामुण्डाधारदण्डान्तरविवरगताहारनीहारगौरी
सौधीधारा नभोम्भोरुहकुररविधोः संस्रवन्ती वहन्ती ॥
तस्यावज्राख्यनाड्याः खगमुदरदरीमध्यगं यो विदध्यात्
तस्य ब्रह्माण्डभाण्डे प्रलयमपयनं स्याद् घनं मृत्युकल्पोः ॥ इति ॥ २४ ॥
Translation In the center of the spine which supports the head lies the cavity where the white ambrosia secrets from the moon lying in the lotus of thousand petals with a murmuring sound.
varṣatrayābhyāsavaśādatītam-anāgataṁ vettyalinīlakeśaḥ ॥
viṣaṁ na dehe kramate tadīye daṣṭe'pi ghorairapi pannagendraiḥ ॥ 22 ॥
One who holds the bird (prana) at the cavity of the nadi named Vajra would overcome the severe death in this Universe.
Utkarsa Pranayama
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.35.15
शीतांशुमार्गेण शनैः समीरम्-आपूरयेत् सोदरमादरेण ।
विकारमात्राभिरपेततन्द्रः कालाग्निमूलापितचित्तवृत्तिः ॥ १५ ॥
śītāṁśumārgēṇa śanaiḥ samīram-āpūrayet sodaramādareṇa |
vikāramātrābhirapetatandraḥ kālāgnimūlāpitacittavṛttiḥ || 15 ||
Translation One should slowly fill the (chest) cavity with air drawn through the left nostril in an unperturbed manner, with controlled senses and an unflinching mind and with full diligence while focusing the mind at the centre of the eyebrows.
Utkarsa Pranayama Description
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.35.16
सोदद्म॑ उदरवर्त्तिमिति भावः । आपूउरयेत् कुम्भयेत् । आदरेण अनुद्विग्नेन ।
विकारा इन्द्रियाणि । तेषां मात्राः शब्दस्पर्शरूपगन्धरस्तन्मात्रास्तासु ।
अपेततन्द्रः सावधानस् त्यक्तस्पृहः ।
कालाग्निमूले भ्रुवोरन्तरे आरोपितचित्तवृत्तिः ॥ १६ ॥
sodarm udaravarttimiti bhāvaḥ | āpūurayet kumbhayet | ādareṇa
anudvignena | vikārā indriyāṇi | teṣāṁ mātrāḥ
śabdasparśarūpagandharastanmātrāstāsu | apetatandraḥ sāvadhānas
tyaktaspṛhaḥ | kālāgnimūle bhruvorantare āropitacittavṛttiḥ || 16 ||
Translation Sodaram means in the thoracic cavity; one should inhale and hold with ease. Vikaras stand for the senses. Their objects are sabda, sparsa, rupa, gandha, and rasa tanmatras.
'Devoid of drowsiness' means attentively or giving up desires. 'At the root of kalagni' means at the center of the eyebrows, wherein one would direct the mind.
Utkarṣa Prāṇāyāma Benefits
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.35.17
उत्कर्षाख्यमुत्तमप्राणायाममुक्त्वा तदन्ते ।
एवमभ्यसस्तस्तस्य ततो वायुजयो भवेत् ॥ १७ ॥
utkarṣākhyamuttamaprāṇāyāmamuktvā tadante |
evamabhyasastastasya tato vāyujayo bhavet || 17 ||
Translation After narrating the superior Pranayama, called Utkarsa, at the end, a diligent practitioner attains success in controlling prana.

pranayama
Why should Practice Pranayama
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.35.24
तावद्वीदधीत बुधः प्राणायामं समाहितो विधिवत् ॥
यावत् सम्भवति भुवि प्राणायामस्य सिद्धिं भूर्गुणः श्रेष्ठः ॥ २४ ॥
tāvadvīdadhlta budhaḥ prāṇāyāmaṁ samāhito vidhivat ||
yāvat sambhavati bhuvi prāṇāyāmasya siddhiṁ bhūrguṇaḥ śreṣṭhaḥ || 24 ||
Translation A wise should undertake prescribed techniques of Pranayama with full concentration, till one attains success in Pranayama leading to profound stability.
Hearing Anahatdvani
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch.35.31
सिद्धापानादजयन्थिं भित्वोर्ध्वं सर्यन्तोऽग्निना ।
मुनेस्तदा प्राणयुजा हृदयास्तेऽनाहतध्वनिः ॥ ३१ ॥
siddhāpānādajagranthiṁ bhitvordhvaṁ saryanto'gninā |
munestadā prāṇayujā hṛdyāste'nāhatadhvaniḥ || 31 ||
Translation When control of apana moves the agni along with prana piercing through ajagranthi, then the muni being attached to prana, hears the Anahatadvani in the heart.
Balancing your Nostrils through Pranayama
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.41-42
यस्मिन् पुटे मरुद्वाति तेन वायुं विरेचयेत् ।
पुटेन वायुशून्येन पूरयेदथ कुम्भकम् ॥ ४१ ॥
रेचयेदन्यया नाड्या कुर्यादन्यं पुनः पुनः ।
ब्रह्मोक्ता गदिता चेयं रुद्रयाऽत्र निगद्यते ॥ ४२ ॥
yasmin puṭe marudvāti tena vāyuṁ virecayet |
puṭena vāyuśūnyena pūrayedatha Kumbhakam || 41 ||
recayedanyayā nāḍyā kuryādanyaṁ punaḥ punaḥ |
brahmoktā gaditā ceyaṁ rudrayā'tra nigadyate || 42 ||
Translation One should exhale through the nostril through which one finds dominance of air flow. One should gently inhale through the nostril through which the air is not dominantly flowing and then retain (Kumbhaka) followed by exhalation through the opposite nostril. Thus, repeat this through alternate nostrils again and again. This is propagated by bhrama. The one narrated by Rudra is being narrated.
pranayama
Raudri nadisuddhi
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch35.43
इडया पूरयेद्वायुं कुम्भित्वा च यथाक्रमम् ।
ततो विरेचयेत् पश्चात् विदध्यादेवमन्यथा ॥
नाडीशुद्धिरियं रौद्री प्रोक्ताऽन्ये प्राहुरन्यथा ॥ ४३ ॥
iḍayā pūrayedvāyuṃ kumbhitvā ca yathākramam |
tato virecayet paścāt vidadhyādevamanyathā ||
nāḍīśuddhiryaṃ raudrī proktā'nye prāhuranyathā || 43 ||
Translation Inhale air through Ida (left nostril), hold and then exhale. And then practice in reverse order (through opposite nostril) as prescribed. This nadisuddhi is called Raudri which is called differently by others.
Control over Pranavayu
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch40.1
अथ प्राणादिदशवायुजयप्रकाशोपायः
नाड्याकृष्य समीरणेन्दुभिधया गाढं प्रपूर्योदरं
धृत्वा घ्रार्णपुरस्तु वामचरणांगुष्ठे च नाभौ चिरम् ॥
एवं पिंगलया प्रपूर्य पवनं सम्यक् पुनर्दाक्षणांगुष्ठे
प्राणपुरोऽनु नाभिविषय प्राग्वत् क्रियाध्यानवान् ॥
prāṇādidaśavāyujayaprakāśopāyaḥ-
nāḍyākṛṣya samīraṇendvabhidhayā gāḍhaṃ prapūryodaraṃ
dhṛtvā ghrāṇapurastu vāmacaraṇāṃguṣṭhe ca nābhau ciram ||
evaṃ piṃgalayā prapūrya pavanaṃ samyak punardakṣiṇāṃguṣṭhe
prāṇapuro'nu nābhiviṣaya prāgvat kriyādhyānavān ||
Translation Here follows the technique of gaining control over the ten vayus like prana etc. - Draw the air through the left (indu) nostril, fill up the cavity fully, hold the prana at the left big toe and the navel for a long time. In the same manner a devoted practitioner should fill up the air through pingala (right nostril) properly and again hold the prana at the right big toe and navel as before.
Continued Technique
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch40.2
वायुं पुटाभ्यामथ धारयेच्चिरं प्रपूरितं योगिवरोऽनुरेच् सयेत् ।
प्राणानिलः स्यादिति शश्वदभ्यासतो जितः पूरककुम्भरेचकैः ॥२॥
vāyuṃ puṭābhyāmatha dhārayecciraṃ prapūritaṃ Yogivaro'nurec sayet |
prāṇānilaḥ syāditi śaśvadabhyāsato jitaḥ pūrakakumbharecakaiḥ || 2 ||
Translation Inhale through both the nostrils, retain the inhaled air for a long time and exhale. A continued practice brings control over prana through puraka, kumbhaka and recaka.
Benefits of this technique
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch40.3
आरम्भकोक्तं सकलं भवेन्मनोमलाधाधातुमलाः प्रयान्ति ।
पुमर्थता लाघवमंगके भवेत् सत्वस्थितिः प्राणजयेऽग्निदीपनम् ॥३ ॥
ārambhakoktaṁ sakalaṁ bhavenmanomalādhādhātumalāḥ prayānti |
pumarthatā lāghavamangake bhavet satvasthitiḥ prāṇajaye'gnidīpanam || 3 ||
Translation All the benefits mentioned in arambha state would occur. Impurities of the mind and dhatus would disappear. Strength and lightness of the body is experienced. One atttains achievements of life. One will be established in satva (Self) gaining control over prana and enhancing bodily fire.

Control over Apanavayu
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch40.4
इति प्राणवायुजयविधिः ॥
कटिप्रदेशे खलु पृष्ठभागेऽपानं हठात्तत्र विधारयेज्ज्ञः ।
समानदेशाभिनिरोधनात्तं तत्रैव सन्धार्य जयेत् क्रमेण ॥ ४॥
iti prāṇavāyujayavidhiḥ ||
kaṭipradeśe khalu pṛṣṭhabhāge'pānaṁ haṭhāttatra vidhārayejjñaḥ |
samānadeśābhinirodhanāttaṁ tatraiva sandhārya jayet krameṇa || 4 ||
Translation
A wise should forcefully hold the apana
indeed at the pelvic region at the back.
Holding the apana at the location of
samana.
Continued Technique
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch40.5
विधाय पूर्वं दृढमूलजालोड्यानं पुरोक्तं मुनिरस्ततन्द्रः ।
सद्र्रेचकोर्ध्वोर्ध्वचिरप्ररोधात् स्थानप्ररोधा दिति तं जयेज् ज्ञः ॥५॥
vidhāya pūrvaṁ dṛḍhamūlajālo'yānaṁ puroktaṁ munirastatandraḥ |
sadrecakordhvordhvaciraprarodhāt sthānaprarodhā diti taṁ jayej jñaḥ || 5 ||
Translation A muni should firmly apply mulabandha, jalandharabandha and uddiyanabandha he should diligently exhale very slowly and hold apana at the higher and higher point for a long time to gain control over it.
Benefits of this Technique
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch40.6
अपान एषो विजितो विधत्ते घटिद्वयं धारणतोऽपरकाये ।
प्रवेशसामर्थ्यमलं करोति पातालयानं क्षतरोहणाद्यम् ॥ ६ ॥
apāna eṣo vijito vidhatte ghaṭidvayaṁ dhāraṇato'parakāye |
praveśasāmarthyamalaṁ karoti pātālayānaṁ kṣatarohaṇādyam || 6 ||
Translation When apana is controlled and retained for two ghatikas, it enables one to enter another body, one can move into patala (world underneath) and have wounds quickly healed.

Control over Samanavayu
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch40.7
नासाहृद्गलतालुचिल्लिसिरसीहास्थाप्य योगी जयेद्
ऊर्द्वाकर्षणयोगतो मुहुरमुं वायुं समानं धिया ॥
मूर्द्ध्नः पादतंल च यावदसकृद्यातानुयाताक्रिया
यातो रेचकपूरकुम्भविषयैः शीघ्रं वशी योगवित् ॥ ७॥
nāsāhṛdgalatālucillisirasīhāsthāpya yogī jayed
ūrdvakarṣaṇayogato muhuramum vāyum samānaṁ dhiyā ||
mūrdhnaḥ pādatalaṁ ca yāvadasakṛdyātānuyātakriyā
yāto recakapūrakumbhaviṣayaiḥ śīghraṁ vaśī Yogavit || 7 ||
Translation Raising up samana and holding it at nose, heart, throat, palate, eyebrows and head, a Yogi controls it with one pointedness. This technique should be repeated from head to toes through Rechaka, Kumbhaka, and Puraka. Thus one soon gains control on it.
Function and Location
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch40.8
तथा चोक्तं कुम्भकपद्धतौ -
समं रसानां नयनं कर्मास्य परिकीर्तितम् ।
नाभौ पूर्य समीरं चेद्देहे व्याप्य विधारितः ॥ ८॥
tathā coktaṁ kumbhakapaddhatau -
samaṁ rasānāṁ nayanaṁ karmāsya parikīrtitam |
nābhau pūrya samīraṁ ceddehe vyāpya vidhāritaḥ || 8 ||
Translation Its function is said to be proper distribution of rasa (plasma). The vayu should be filled up at the navel and held in the entire body.
Samana Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch40.9
कुम्भिते ज्वलनं ध्यायेत् समानस्य तु कुम्भकः ।
राधते प्रज्वलन् स्विद्येत् रोमन्कूपेषु योजयेत् ॥ ९॥
kumbhite jvalanaṁ dhyāyet samānasya tu kumbhakaḥ |
rādhate prajvalan svidyet romankūpeṣu yojayet || 9 ||
Translation When the vayu is heald with concentration on fire, it is Samana Kumbhaka. When it catches heat, it becomes intensified and causes perspiration through the pores.
Control over Vyanavayu
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch40.10
व्यानो व्यापी व्यानयनस्त्वगिन्द्रियनिकेतनः ।
पूरयित्वान्तरा सम्यक् हृज्जगद्व्याप्तियोगतः ॥
सर्वाङ्गमाकुञ्चनेन कुम्भिते सूक्ष्मचिन्तनात् ॥ १०॥
vyāno vyāpī vyānayanastvagindriyaniketanaḥ|
pūrayitvāntarā samyak hṛjjagadvyāptiyogataḥ||
sarvāṅgamākuñcanena kumbhite sūkṣmacintanāt || 10 ||
Translation
The vyana pervades all over the body in
the skin. One should withdraw vyana
from all over the body followed by
drawing it in fully and hold it in the
region of the heart with full attention.
Benefits of this Technique
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch40.11
न शस्त्रैः छिद्यते नापः क्लेदयन्त्यपि विषक्रमः ॥
शितोष्णयोस्त्वथासङ्गो रोगनाशश्च जायते ॥ ११॥
na śastraiḥ chidyate nāpaḥ kledayantyapi viṣakramaḥ||
śītoṣṇayostvathāsaṅgo roganāśaśca jāyate|| ११ ||
Translation The benefits of Vyana Kumbhaka have been described in terms of protection from weapons, water, poisons, immunity, from cold and heat and removal of diseases.
Krtti Shreshtha Kumbhaka
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch40.12
नासाभ्यां कर्षयेद्वायुं बलात् हृत्स्थानमानयेत् ।
उत्कृष्ट्योत्कृष्य हृत्स्थानात् कण्ठे तालुऔ भ्रुवोऽन्तरे ॥
मूर्द्धनान्तं चेद् गतायातः कृत्तिश्रेष्ठाख्यकुम्भकः ॥ १२॥
nāsābhyāṁ karṣayedvāyuṁ balāt hṛtsthānamānayet |
utkṛṣyotkṛṣya hṛtsthānāt kaṇṭhe tālau bhruvo'ntare ||
mūrdhnāntaṁ ced gatāyātaḥ kṛttiśreṣṭhākhyakumbhakaḥ ||12 ||
Translation One should forcefully draw the air in through the nostrils and take it to the heart. Further, he should hold it at the throat, palate, at the center of the eyebrows and the top of the head by raising it up repeatedly from chest region. This movement to and fro is Krtti shreshtha Kumbhaka.
Prahuti-Kumbhaka of Udana
Āpta Pramāṇa आप्त प्रमाण Hathatatvakaumudi Ch40.13
कान्वितेनाशुगं कर्षन् कुर्वन्तूच्चतरम् स्वनम् ।
धारयेच्चेदूदानस्य प्राहुतिः कुम्भकः स्मृतः ॥ १३॥
kānvitenāśugaṁ karṣan kurvantūccataram svanam |
dhārayeccedudānasya prāhūtiḥ kumbhakaḥ smṛtaḥ || 13 ||
Translation Sucking the air with one pointedness with a loud sound and holding it, is known as Prahuti-Kumbhaka of Udana.

mudra lakshana
Attributes of Mudras